1 /* ELF executable support for BFD.
3 Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
4 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
6 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
8 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
9 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
10 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
11 (at your option) any later version.
13 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
14 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
15 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
16 GNU General Public License for more details.
18 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
19 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
20 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
26 BFD support for ELF formats is being worked on.
27 Currently, the best supported back ends are for sparc and i386
28 (running svr4 or Solaris 2).
30 Documentation of the internals of the support code still needs
31 to be written. The code is changing quickly enough that we
32 haven't bothered yet. */
34 /* For sparc64-cross-sparc32. */
42 #include "libiberty.h"
44 static int elf_sort_sections (const void *, const void *);
45 static bfd_boolean
assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*);
46 static bfd_boolean
prep_headers (bfd
*);
47 static bfd_boolean
swap_out_syms (bfd
*, struct bfd_strtab_hash
**, int) ;
48 static bfd_boolean
elfcore_read_notes (bfd
*, file_ptr
, bfd_size_type
) ;
50 /* Swap version information in and out. The version information is
51 currently size independent. If that ever changes, this code will
52 need to move into elfcode.h. */
54 /* Swap in a Verdef structure. */
57 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (bfd
*abfd
,
58 const Elf_External_Verdef
*src
,
59 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*dst
)
61 dst
->vd_version
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_version
);
62 dst
->vd_flags
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_flags
);
63 dst
->vd_ndx
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_ndx
);
64 dst
->vd_cnt
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_cnt
);
65 dst
->vd_hash
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_hash
);
66 dst
->vd_aux
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_aux
);
67 dst
->vd_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_next
);
70 /* Swap out a Verdef structure. */
73 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (bfd
*abfd
,
74 const Elf_Internal_Verdef
*src
,
75 Elf_External_Verdef
*dst
)
77 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_version
, dst
->vd_version
);
78 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_flags
, dst
->vd_flags
);
79 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_ndx
, dst
->vd_ndx
);
80 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_cnt
, dst
->vd_cnt
);
81 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_hash
, dst
->vd_hash
);
82 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_aux
, dst
->vd_aux
);
83 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_next
, dst
->vd_next
);
86 /* Swap in a Verdaux structure. */
89 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (bfd
*abfd
,
90 const Elf_External_Verdaux
*src
,
91 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*dst
)
93 dst
->vda_name
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_name
);
94 dst
->vda_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_next
);
97 /* Swap out a Verdaux structure. */
100 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (bfd
*abfd
,
101 const Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*src
,
102 Elf_External_Verdaux
*dst
)
104 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_name
, dst
->vda_name
);
105 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_next
, dst
->vda_next
);
108 /* Swap in a Verneed structure. */
111 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (bfd
*abfd
,
112 const Elf_External_Verneed
*src
,
113 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*dst
)
115 dst
->vn_version
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_version
);
116 dst
->vn_cnt
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_cnt
);
117 dst
->vn_file
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_file
);
118 dst
->vn_aux
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_aux
);
119 dst
->vn_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_next
);
122 /* Swap out a Verneed structure. */
125 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (bfd
*abfd
,
126 const Elf_Internal_Verneed
*src
,
127 Elf_External_Verneed
*dst
)
129 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_version
, dst
->vn_version
);
130 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_cnt
, dst
->vn_cnt
);
131 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_file
, dst
->vn_file
);
132 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_aux
, dst
->vn_aux
);
133 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_next
, dst
->vn_next
);
136 /* Swap in a Vernaux structure. */
139 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (bfd
*abfd
,
140 const Elf_External_Vernaux
*src
,
141 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*dst
)
143 dst
->vna_hash
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_hash
);
144 dst
->vna_flags
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_flags
);
145 dst
->vna_other
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_other
);
146 dst
->vna_name
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_name
);
147 dst
->vna_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_next
);
150 /* Swap out a Vernaux structure. */
153 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (bfd
*abfd
,
154 const Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*src
,
155 Elf_External_Vernaux
*dst
)
157 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_hash
, dst
->vna_hash
);
158 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_flags
, dst
->vna_flags
);
159 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_other
, dst
->vna_other
);
160 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_name
, dst
->vna_name
);
161 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_next
, dst
->vna_next
);
164 /* Swap in a Versym structure. */
167 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (bfd
*abfd
,
168 const Elf_External_Versym
*src
,
169 Elf_Internal_Versym
*dst
)
171 dst
->vs_vers
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vs_vers
);
174 /* Swap out a Versym structure. */
177 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_out (bfd
*abfd
,
178 const Elf_Internal_Versym
*src
,
179 Elf_External_Versym
*dst
)
181 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vs_vers
, dst
->vs_vers
);
184 /* Standard ELF hash function. Do not change this function; you will
185 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
188 bfd_elf_hash (const char *namearg
)
190 const unsigned char *name
= (const unsigned char *) namearg
;
195 while ((ch
= *name
++) != '\0')
198 if ((g
= (h
& 0xf0000000)) != 0)
201 /* The ELF ABI says `h &= ~g', but this is equivalent in
202 this case and on some machines one insn instead of two. */
206 return h
& 0xffffffff;
209 /* DT_GNU_HASH hash function. Do not change this function; you will
210 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
213 bfd_elf_gnu_hash (const char *namearg
)
215 const unsigned char *name
= (const unsigned char *) namearg
;
216 unsigned long h
= 5381;
219 while ((ch
= *name
++) != '\0')
220 h
= (h
<< 5) + h
+ ch
;
221 return h
& 0xffffffff;
225 bfd_elf_mkobject (bfd
*abfd
)
227 if (abfd
->tdata
.any
== NULL
)
229 abfd
->tdata
.any
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata
));
230 if (abfd
->tdata
.any
== NULL
)
234 elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
= (bfd_size_type
) -1;
240 bfd_elf_mkcorefile (bfd
*abfd
)
242 /* I think this can be done just like an object file. */
243 return bfd_elf_mkobject (abfd
);
247 bfd_elf_get_str_section (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int shindex
)
249 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
250 bfd_byte
*shstrtab
= NULL
;
252 bfd_size_type shstrtabsize
;
254 i_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
256 || shindex
>= elf_numsections (abfd
)
257 || i_shdrp
[shindex
] == 0)
260 shstrtab
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->contents
;
261 if (shstrtab
== NULL
)
263 /* No cached one, attempt to read, and cache what we read. */
264 offset
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->sh_offset
;
265 shstrtabsize
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->sh_size
;
267 /* Allocate and clear an extra byte at the end, to prevent crashes
268 in case the string table is not terminated. */
269 if (shstrtabsize
+ 1 == 0
270 || (shstrtab
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, shstrtabsize
+ 1)) == NULL
271 || bfd_seek (abfd
, offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
273 else if (bfd_bread (shstrtab
, shstrtabsize
, abfd
) != shstrtabsize
)
275 if (bfd_get_error () != bfd_error_system_call
)
276 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_truncated
);
280 shstrtab
[shstrtabsize
] = '\0';
281 i_shdrp
[shindex
]->contents
= shstrtab
;
283 return (char *) shstrtab
;
287 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd
*abfd
,
288 unsigned int shindex
,
289 unsigned int strindex
)
291 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
296 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
) == NULL
|| shindex
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
299 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
];
301 if (hdr
->contents
== NULL
302 && bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd
, shindex
) == NULL
)
305 if (strindex
>= hdr
->sh_size
)
307 unsigned int shstrndx
= elf_elfheader(abfd
)->e_shstrndx
;
308 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
309 (_("%B: invalid string offset %u >= %lu for section `%s'"),
310 abfd
, strindex
, (unsigned long) hdr
->sh_size
,
311 (shindex
== shstrndx
&& strindex
== hdr
->sh_name
313 : bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shstrndx
, hdr
->sh_name
)));
317 return ((char *) hdr
->contents
) + strindex
;
320 /* Read and convert symbols to internal format.
321 SYMCOUNT specifies the number of symbols to read, starting from
322 symbol SYMOFFSET. If any of INTSYM_BUF, EXTSYM_BUF or EXTSHNDX_BUF
323 are non-NULL, they are used to store the internal symbols, external
324 symbols, and symbol section index extensions, respectively. */
327 bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd
*ibfd
,
328 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
,
331 Elf_Internal_Sym
*intsym_buf
,
333 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*extshndx_buf
)
335 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shndx_hdr
;
337 const bfd_byte
*esym
;
338 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*alloc_extshndx
;
339 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*shndx
;
340 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
341 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
342 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
350 /* Normal syms might have section extension entries. */
352 if (symtab_hdr
== &elf_tdata (ibfd
)->symtab_hdr
)
353 shndx_hdr
= &elf_tdata (ibfd
)->symtab_shndx_hdr
;
355 /* Read the symbols. */
357 alloc_extshndx
= NULL
;
358 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (ibfd
);
359 extsym_size
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
360 amt
= symcount
* extsym_size
;
361 pos
= symtab_hdr
->sh_offset
+ symoffset
* extsym_size
;
362 if (extsym_buf
== NULL
)
364 alloc_ext
= bfd_malloc2 (symcount
, extsym_size
);
365 extsym_buf
= alloc_ext
;
367 if (extsym_buf
== NULL
368 || bfd_seek (ibfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
369 || bfd_bread (extsym_buf
, amt
, ibfd
) != amt
)
375 if (shndx_hdr
== NULL
|| shndx_hdr
->sh_size
== 0)
379 amt
= symcount
* sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
380 pos
= shndx_hdr
->sh_offset
+ symoffset
* sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
381 if (extshndx_buf
== NULL
)
383 alloc_extshndx
= bfd_malloc2 (symcount
,
384 sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
));
385 extshndx_buf
= alloc_extshndx
;
387 if (extshndx_buf
== NULL
388 || bfd_seek (ibfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
389 || bfd_bread (extshndx_buf
, amt
, ibfd
) != amt
)
396 if (intsym_buf
== NULL
)
398 intsym_buf
= bfd_malloc2 (symcount
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym
));
399 if (intsym_buf
== NULL
)
403 /* Convert the symbols to internal form. */
404 isymend
= intsym_buf
+ symcount
;
405 for (esym
= extsym_buf
, isym
= intsym_buf
, shndx
= extshndx_buf
;
407 esym
+= extsym_size
, isym
++, shndx
= shndx
!= NULL
? shndx
+ 1 : NULL
)
408 if (!(*bed
->s
->swap_symbol_in
) (ibfd
, esym
, shndx
, isym
))
410 symoffset
+= (esym
- (bfd_byte
*) extsym_buf
) / extsym_size
;
411 (*_bfd_error_handler
) (_("%B symbol number %lu references "
412 "nonexistent SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX section"),
413 ibfd
, (unsigned long) symoffset
);
419 if (alloc_ext
!= NULL
)
421 if (alloc_extshndx
!= NULL
)
422 free (alloc_extshndx
);
427 /* Look up a symbol name. */
429 bfd_elf_sym_name (bfd
*abfd
,
430 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
,
431 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
,
435 unsigned int iname
= isym
->st_name
;
436 unsigned int shindex
= symtab_hdr
->sh_link
;
438 if (iname
== 0 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
439 /* Check for a bogus st_shndx to avoid crashing. */
440 && isym
->st_shndx
< elf_numsections (abfd
)
441 && !(isym
->st_shndx
>= SHN_LORESERVE
&& isym
->st_shndx
<= SHN_HIRESERVE
))
443 iname
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[isym
->st_shndx
]->sh_name
;
444 shindex
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shstrndx
;
447 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shindex
, iname
);
450 else if (sym_sec
&& *name
== '\0')
451 name
= bfd_section_name (abfd
, sym_sec
);
456 /* Elf_Internal_Shdr->contents is an array of these for SHT_GROUP
457 sections. The first element is the flags, the rest are section
460 typedef union elf_internal_group
{
461 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
;
463 } Elf_Internal_Group
;
465 /* Return the name of the group signature symbol. Why isn't the
466 signature just a string? */
469 group_signature (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ghdr
)
471 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
472 unsigned char esym
[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym
)];
473 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx
;
474 Elf_Internal_Sym isym
;
476 /* First we need to ensure the symbol table is available. Make sure
477 that it is a symbol table section. */
478 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
) [ghdr
->sh_link
];
479 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_SYMTAB
480 || ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, ghdr
->sh_link
))
483 /* Go read the symbol. */
484 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
485 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, hdr
, 1, ghdr
->sh_info
,
486 &isym
, esym
, &eshndx
) == NULL
)
489 return bfd_elf_sym_name (abfd
, hdr
, &isym
, NULL
);
492 /* Set next_in_group list pointer, and group name for NEWSECT. */
495 setup_group (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
, asection
*newsect
)
497 unsigned int num_group
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
;
499 /* If num_group is zero, read in all SHT_GROUP sections. The count
500 is set to -1 if there are no SHT_GROUP sections. */
503 unsigned int i
, shnum
;
505 /* First count the number of groups. If we have a SHT_GROUP
506 section with just a flag word (ie. sh_size is 4), ignore it. */
507 shnum
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
510 #define IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER(shdr) \
511 ( (shdr)->sh_type == SHT_GROUP \
512 && (shdr)->sh_size >= (2 * GRP_ENTRY_SIZE) \
513 && (shdr)->sh_entsize == GRP_ENTRY_SIZE \
514 && ((shdr)->sh_size % GRP_ENTRY_SIZE) == 0)
516 for (i
= 0; i
< shnum
; i
++)
518 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
520 if (IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (shdr
))
526 num_group
= (unsigned) -1;
527 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
;
531 /* We keep a list of elf section headers for group sections,
532 so we can find them quickly. */
535 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
;
536 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
537 = bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, num_group
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*));
538 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
== NULL
)
542 for (i
= 0; i
< shnum
; i
++)
544 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
546 if (IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (shdr
))
549 Elf_Internal_Group
*dest
;
551 /* Add to list of sections. */
552 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[num_group
] = shdr
;
555 /* Read the raw contents. */
556 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (*dest
) >= 4);
557 amt
= shdr
->sh_size
* sizeof (*dest
) / 4;
558 shdr
->contents
= bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, shdr
->sh_size
,
560 /* PR binutils/4110: Handle corrupt group headers. */
561 if (shdr
->contents
== NULL
)
564 (_("%B: Corrupt size field in group section header: 0x%lx"), abfd
, shdr
->sh_size
);
565 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
569 memset (shdr
->contents
, 0, amt
);
571 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, shdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
572 || (bfd_bread (shdr
->contents
, shdr
->sh_size
, abfd
)
576 /* Translate raw contents, a flag word followed by an
577 array of elf section indices all in target byte order,
578 to the flag word followed by an array of elf section
580 src
= shdr
->contents
+ shdr
->sh_size
;
581 dest
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) (shdr
->contents
+ amt
);
588 idx
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
);
589 if (src
== shdr
->contents
)
592 if (shdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
&& (idx
& GRP_COMDAT
))
593 shdr
->bfd_section
->flags
594 |= SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD
;
599 ((*_bfd_error_handler
)
600 (_("%B: invalid SHT_GROUP entry"), abfd
));
603 dest
->shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[idx
];
610 if (num_group
!= (unsigned) -1)
614 for (i
= 0; i
< num_group
; i
++)
616 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[i
];
617 Elf_Internal_Group
*idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
618 unsigned int n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
620 /* Look through this group's sections to see if current
621 section is a member. */
623 if ((++idx
)->shdr
== hdr
)
627 /* We are a member of this group. Go looking through
628 other members to see if any others are linked via
630 idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
631 n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
633 if ((s
= (++idx
)->shdr
->bfd_section
) != NULL
634 && elf_next_in_group (s
) != NULL
)
638 /* Snarf the group name from other member, and
639 insert current section in circular list. */
640 elf_group_name (newsect
) = elf_group_name (s
);
641 elf_next_in_group (newsect
) = elf_next_in_group (s
);
642 elf_next_in_group (s
) = newsect
;
648 gname
= group_signature (abfd
, shdr
);
651 elf_group_name (newsect
) = gname
;
653 /* Start a circular list with one element. */
654 elf_next_in_group (newsect
) = newsect
;
657 /* If the group section has been created, point to the
659 if (shdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
660 elf_next_in_group (shdr
->bfd_section
) = newsect
;
668 if (elf_group_name (newsect
) == NULL
)
670 (*_bfd_error_handler
) (_("%B: no group info for section %A"),
677 _bfd_elf_setup_sections (bfd
*abfd
)
680 unsigned int num_group
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
;
681 bfd_boolean result
= TRUE
;
684 /* Process SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
685 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
687 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
= &elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
;
688 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
690 unsigned int elfsec
= this_hdr
->sh_link
;
691 /* FIXME: The old Intel compiler and old strip/objcopy may
692 not set the sh_link or sh_info fields. Hence we could
693 get the situation where elfsec is 0. */
696 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
697 = get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
698 if (bed
->link_order_error_handler
)
699 bed
->link_order_error_handler
700 (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"),
707 this_hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
];
710 Some strip/objcopy may leave an incorrect value in
711 sh_link. We don't want to proceed. */
712 link
= this_hdr
->bfd_section
;
715 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
716 (_("%B: sh_link [%d] in section `%A' is incorrect"),
717 s
->owner
, s
, elfsec
);
721 elf_linked_to_section (s
) = link
;
726 /* Process section groups. */
727 if (num_group
== (unsigned) -1)
730 for (i
= 0; i
< num_group
; i
++)
732 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[i
];
733 Elf_Internal_Group
*idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
734 unsigned int n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
737 if ((++idx
)->shdr
->bfd_section
)
738 elf_sec_group (idx
->shdr
->bfd_section
) = shdr
->bfd_section
;
739 else if (idx
->shdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
740 || idx
->shdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
)
741 /* We won't include relocation sections in section groups in
742 output object files. We adjust the group section size here
743 so that relocatable link will work correctly when
744 relocation sections are in section group in input object
746 shdr
->bfd_section
->size
-= 4;
749 /* There are some unknown sections in the group. */
750 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
751 (_("%B: unknown [%d] section `%s' in group [%s]"),
753 (unsigned int) idx
->shdr
->sh_type
,
754 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
,
755 (elf_elfheader (abfd
)
758 shdr
->bfd_section
->name
);
766 bfd_elf_is_group_section (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, const asection
*sec
)
768 return elf_next_in_group (sec
) != NULL
;
771 /* Make a BFD section from an ELF section. We store a pointer to the
772 BFD section in the bfd_section field of the header. */
775 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
776 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
,
782 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
784 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
786 BFD_ASSERT (strcmp (name
,
787 bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
)) == 0);
791 newsect
= bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd
, name
);
795 hdr
->bfd_section
= newsect
;
796 elf_section_data (newsect
)->this_hdr
= *hdr
;
797 elf_section_data (newsect
)->this_idx
= shindex
;
799 /* Always use the real type/flags. */
800 elf_section_type (newsect
) = hdr
->sh_type
;
801 elf_section_flags (newsect
) = hdr
->sh_flags
;
803 newsect
->filepos
= hdr
->sh_offset
;
805 if (! bfd_set_section_vma (abfd
, newsect
, hdr
->sh_addr
)
806 || ! bfd_set_section_size (abfd
, newsect
, hdr
->sh_size
)
807 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, newsect
,
808 bfd_log2 ((bfd_vma
) hdr
->sh_addralign
)))
811 flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
812 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
813 flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
814 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
)
815 flags
|= SEC_GROUP
| SEC_EXCLUDE
;
816 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
819 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
822 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_WRITE
) == 0)
823 flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
824 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXECINSTR
) != 0)
826 else if ((flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
828 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_MERGE
) != 0)
831 newsect
->entsize
= hdr
->sh_entsize
;
832 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_STRINGS
) != 0)
833 flags
|= SEC_STRINGS
;
835 if (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GROUP
)
836 if (!setup_group (abfd
, hdr
, newsect
))
838 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) != 0)
839 flags
|= SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
;
841 if ((flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0)
843 /* The debugging sections appear to be recognized only by name,
844 not any sort of flag. Their SEC_ALLOC bits are cleared. */
849 } debug_sections
[] =
851 { STRING_COMMA_LEN ("debug") }, /* 'd' */
852 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'e' */
853 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'f' */
854 { STRING_COMMA_LEN ("gnu.linkonce.wi.") }, /* 'g' */
855 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'h' */
856 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'i' */
857 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'j' */
858 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'k' */
859 { STRING_COMMA_LEN ("line") }, /* 'l' */
860 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'm' */
861 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'n' */
862 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'o' */
863 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'p' */
864 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'q' */
865 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'r' */
866 { STRING_COMMA_LEN ("stab") } /* 's' */
871 int i
= name
[1] - 'd';
873 && i
< (int) ARRAY_SIZE (debug_sections
)
874 && debug_sections
[i
].name
!= NULL
875 && strncmp (&name
[1], debug_sections
[i
].name
,
876 debug_sections
[i
].len
) == 0)
877 flags
|= SEC_DEBUGGING
;
881 /* As a GNU extension, if the name begins with .gnu.linkonce, we
882 only link a single copy of the section. This is used to support
883 g++. g++ will emit each template expansion in its own section.
884 The symbols will be defined as weak, so that multiple definitions
885 are permitted. The GNU linker extension is to actually discard
886 all but one of the sections. */
887 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gnu.linkonce")
888 && elf_next_in_group (newsect
) == NULL
)
889 flags
|= SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD
;
891 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
892 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_flags
)
893 if (! bed
->elf_backend_section_flags (&flags
, hdr
))
896 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, newsect
, flags
))
899 if ((flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
901 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdr
;
904 /* Look through the phdrs to see if we need to adjust the lma.
905 If all the p_paddr fields are zero, we ignore them, since
906 some ELF linkers produce such output. */
907 phdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
908 for (i
= 0; i
< elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
; i
++, phdr
++)
910 if (phdr
->p_paddr
!= 0)
913 if (i
< elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
)
915 phdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
916 for (i
= 0; i
< elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
; i
++, phdr
++)
918 /* This section is part of this segment if its file
919 offset plus size lies within the segment's memory
920 span and, if the section is loaded, the extent of the
921 loaded data lies within the extent of the segment.
923 Note - we used to check the p_paddr field as well, and
924 refuse to set the LMA if it was 0. This is wrong
925 though, as a perfectly valid initialised segment can
926 have a p_paddr of zero. Some architectures, eg ARM,
927 place special significance on the address 0 and
928 executables need to be able to have a segment which
929 covers this address. */
930 if (phdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
931 && (bfd_vma
) hdr
->sh_offset
>= phdr
->p_offset
932 && (hdr
->sh_offset
+ hdr
->sh_size
933 <= phdr
->p_offset
+ phdr
->p_memsz
)
934 && ((flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0
935 || (hdr
->sh_offset
+ hdr
->sh_size
936 <= phdr
->p_offset
+ phdr
->p_filesz
)))
938 if ((flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0)
939 newsect
->lma
= (phdr
->p_paddr
940 + hdr
->sh_addr
- phdr
->p_vaddr
);
942 /* We used to use the same adjustment for SEC_LOAD
943 sections, but that doesn't work if the segment
944 is packed with code from multiple VMAs.
945 Instead we calculate the section LMA based on
946 the segment LMA. It is assumed that the
947 segment will contain sections with contiguous
948 LMAs, even if the VMAs are not. */
949 newsect
->lma
= (phdr
->p_paddr
950 + hdr
->sh_offset
- phdr
->p_offset
);
952 /* With contiguous segments, we can't tell from file
953 offsets whether a section with zero size should
954 be placed at the end of one segment or the
955 beginning of the next. Decide based on vaddr. */
956 if (hdr
->sh_addr
>= phdr
->p_vaddr
957 && (hdr
->sh_addr
+ hdr
->sh_size
958 <= phdr
->p_vaddr
+ phdr
->p_memsz
))
973 struct elf_internal_shdr *bfd_elf_find_section (bfd *abfd, char *name);
976 Helper functions for GDB to locate the string tables.
977 Since BFD hides string tables from callers, GDB needs to use an
978 internal hook to find them. Sun's .stabstr, in particular,
979 isn't even pointed to by the .stab section, so ordinary
980 mechanisms wouldn't work to find it, even if we had some.
983 struct elf_internal_shdr
*
984 bfd_elf_find_section (bfd
*abfd
, char *name
)
986 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
991 i_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
994 shstrtab
= bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd
,
995 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shstrndx
);
996 if (shstrtab
!= NULL
)
998 max
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
999 for (i
= 1; i
< max
; i
++)
1000 if (!strcmp (&shstrtab
[i_shdrp
[i
]->sh_name
], name
))
1007 const char *const bfd_elf_section_type_names
[] = {
1008 "SHT_NULL", "SHT_PROGBITS", "SHT_SYMTAB", "SHT_STRTAB",
1009 "SHT_RELA", "SHT_HASH", "SHT_DYNAMIC", "SHT_NOTE",
1010 "SHT_NOBITS", "SHT_REL", "SHT_SHLIB", "SHT_DYNSYM",
1013 /* ELF relocs are against symbols. If we are producing relocatable
1014 output, and the reloc is against an external symbol, and nothing
1015 has given us any additional addend, the resulting reloc will also
1016 be against the same symbol. In such a case, we don't want to
1017 change anything about the way the reloc is handled, since it will
1018 all be done at final link time. Rather than put special case code
1019 into bfd_perform_relocation, all the reloc types use this howto
1020 function. It just short circuits the reloc if producing
1021 relocatable output against an external symbol. */
1023 bfd_reloc_status_type
1024 bfd_elf_generic_reloc (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1025 arelent
*reloc_entry
,
1027 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1028 asection
*input_section
,
1030 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1032 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
1033 && (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0
1034 && (! reloc_entry
->howto
->partial_inplace
1035 || reloc_entry
->addend
== 0))
1037 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
1038 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1041 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
1044 /* Make sure sec_info_type is cleared if sec_info is cleared too. */
1047 merge_sections_remove_hook (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1050 BFD_ASSERT (sec
->sec_info_type
== ELF_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
);
1051 sec
->sec_info_type
= ELF_INFO_TYPE_NONE
;
1054 /* Finish SHF_MERGE section merging. */
1057 _bfd_elf_merge_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1062 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
1065 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link_next
)
1066 if ((ibfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0)
1067 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
1068 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) != 0
1069 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec
->output_section
))
1071 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*secdata
;
1073 secdata
= elf_section_data (sec
);
1074 if (! _bfd_add_merge_section (abfd
,
1075 &elf_hash_table (info
)->merge_info
,
1076 sec
, &secdata
->sec_info
))
1078 else if (secdata
->sec_info
)
1079 sec
->sec_info_type
= ELF_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
;
1082 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->merge_info
!= NULL
)
1083 _bfd_merge_sections (abfd
, info
, elf_hash_table (info
)->merge_info
,
1084 merge_sections_remove_hook
);
1089 _bfd_elf_link_just_syms (asection
*sec
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1091 sec
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
1092 sec
->output_offset
= sec
->vma
;
1093 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
1096 sec
->sec_info_type
= ELF_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
;
1099 /* Copy the program header and other data from one object module to
1103 _bfd_elf_copy_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
1105 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
1106 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
1109 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (obfd
)
1110 || (elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
1111 == elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
));
1113 elf_gp (obfd
) = elf_gp (ibfd
);
1114 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
1115 elf_flags_init (obfd
) = TRUE
;
1120 get_segment_type (unsigned int p_type
)
1125 case PT_NULL
: pt
= "NULL"; break;
1126 case PT_LOAD
: pt
= "LOAD"; break;
1127 case PT_DYNAMIC
: pt
= "DYNAMIC"; break;
1128 case PT_INTERP
: pt
= "INTERP"; break;
1129 case PT_NOTE
: pt
= "NOTE"; break;
1130 case PT_SHLIB
: pt
= "SHLIB"; break;
1131 case PT_PHDR
: pt
= "PHDR"; break;
1132 case PT_TLS
: pt
= "TLS"; break;
1133 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
: pt
= "EH_FRAME"; break;
1134 case PT_GNU_STACK
: pt
= "STACK"; break;
1135 case PT_GNU_RELRO
: pt
= "RELRO"; break;
1136 default: pt
= NULL
; break;
1141 /* Print out the program headers. */
1144 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd
*abfd
, void *farg
)
1147 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
1149 bfd_byte
*dynbuf
= NULL
;
1151 p
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
1156 fprintf (f
, _("\nProgram Header:\n"));
1157 c
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
;
1158 for (i
= 0; i
< c
; i
++, p
++)
1160 const char *pt
= get_segment_type (p
->p_type
);
1165 sprintf (buf
, "0x%lx", p
->p_type
);
1168 fprintf (f
, "%8s off 0x", pt
);
1169 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_offset
);
1170 fprintf (f
, " vaddr 0x");
1171 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_vaddr
);
1172 fprintf (f
, " paddr 0x");
1173 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_paddr
);
1174 fprintf (f
, " align 2**%u\n", bfd_log2 (p
->p_align
));
1175 fprintf (f
, " filesz 0x");
1176 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_filesz
);
1177 fprintf (f
, " memsz 0x");
1178 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_memsz
);
1179 fprintf (f
, " flags %c%c%c",
1180 (p
->p_flags
& PF_R
) != 0 ? 'r' : '-',
1181 (p
->p_flags
& PF_W
) != 0 ? 'w' : '-',
1182 (p
->p_flags
& PF_X
) != 0 ? 'x' : '-');
1183 if ((p
->p_flags
&~ (unsigned) (PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
)) != 0)
1184 fprintf (f
, " %lx", p
->p_flags
&~ (unsigned) (PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
));
1189 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
1193 unsigned long shlink
;
1194 bfd_byte
*extdyn
, *extdynend
;
1196 void (*swap_dyn_in
) (bfd
*, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn
*);
1198 fprintf (f
, _("\nDynamic Section:\n"));
1200 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, s
, &dynbuf
))
1203 elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, s
);
1206 shlink
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
]->sh_link
;
1208 extdynsize
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
1209 swap_dyn_in
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
;
1212 extdynend
= extdyn
+ s
->size
;
1213 for (; extdyn
< extdynend
; extdyn
+= extdynsize
)
1215 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
1218 bfd_boolean stringp
;
1220 (*swap_dyn_in
) (abfd
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
1222 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NULL
)
1229 sprintf (ab
, "0x%lx", (unsigned long) dyn
.d_tag
);
1233 case DT_NEEDED
: name
= "NEEDED"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1234 case DT_PLTRELSZ
: name
= "PLTRELSZ"; break;
1235 case DT_PLTGOT
: name
= "PLTGOT"; break;
1236 case DT_HASH
: name
= "HASH"; break;
1237 case DT_STRTAB
: name
= "STRTAB"; break;
1238 case DT_SYMTAB
: name
= "SYMTAB"; break;
1239 case DT_RELA
: name
= "RELA"; break;
1240 case DT_RELASZ
: name
= "RELASZ"; break;
1241 case DT_RELAENT
: name
= "RELAENT"; break;
1242 case DT_STRSZ
: name
= "STRSZ"; break;
1243 case DT_SYMENT
: name
= "SYMENT"; break;
1244 case DT_INIT
: name
= "INIT"; break;
1245 case DT_FINI
: name
= "FINI"; break;
1246 case DT_SONAME
: name
= "SONAME"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1247 case DT_RPATH
: name
= "RPATH"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1248 case DT_SYMBOLIC
: name
= "SYMBOLIC"; break;
1249 case DT_REL
: name
= "REL"; break;
1250 case DT_RELSZ
: name
= "RELSZ"; break;
1251 case DT_RELENT
: name
= "RELENT"; break;
1252 case DT_PLTREL
: name
= "PLTREL"; break;
1253 case DT_DEBUG
: name
= "DEBUG"; break;
1254 case DT_TEXTREL
: name
= "TEXTREL"; break;
1255 case DT_JMPREL
: name
= "JMPREL"; break;
1256 case DT_BIND_NOW
: name
= "BIND_NOW"; break;
1257 case DT_INIT_ARRAY
: name
= "INIT_ARRAY"; break;
1258 case DT_FINI_ARRAY
: name
= "FINI_ARRAY"; break;
1259 case DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "INIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1260 case DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "FINI_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1261 case DT_RUNPATH
: name
= "RUNPATH"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1262 case DT_FLAGS
: name
= "FLAGS"; break;
1263 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAY
: name
= "PREINIT_ARRAY"; break;
1264 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "PREINIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1265 case DT_CHECKSUM
: name
= "CHECKSUM"; break;
1266 case DT_PLTPADSZ
: name
= "PLTPADSZ"; break;
1267 case DT_MOVEENT
: name
= "MOVEENT"; break;
1268 case DT_MOVESZ
: name
= "MOVESZ"; break;
1269 case DT_FEATURE
: name
= "FEATURE"; break;
1270 case DT_POSFLAG_1
: name
= "POSFLAG_1"; break;
1271 case DT_SYMINSZ
: name
= "SYMINSZ"; break;
1272 case DT_SYMINENT
: name
= "SYMINENT"; break;
1273 case DT_CONFIG
: name
= "CONFIG"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1274 case DT_DEPAUDIT
: name
= "DEPAUDIT"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1275 case DT_AUDIT
: name
= "AUDIT"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1276 case DT_PLTPAD
: name
= "PLTPAD"; break;
1277 case DT_MOVETAB
: name
= "MOVETAB"; break;
1278 case DT_SYMINFO
: name
= "SYMINFO"; break;
1279 case DT_RELACOUNT
: name
= "RELACOUNT"; break;
1280 case DT_RELCOUNT
: name
= "RELCOUNT"; break;
1281 case DT_FLAGS_1
: name
= "FLAGS_1"; break;
1282 case DT_VERSYM
: name
= "VERSYM"; break;
1283 case DT_VERDEF
: name
= "VERDEF"; break;
1284 case DT_VERDEFNUM
: name
= "VERDEFNUM"; break;
1285 case DT_VERNEED
: name
= "VERNEED"; break;
1286 case DT_VERNEEDNUM
: name
= "VERNEEDNUM"; break;
1287 case DT_AUXILIARY
: name
= "AUXILIARY"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1288 case DT_USED
: name
= "USED"; break;
1289 case DT_FILTER
: name
= "FILTER"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1290 case DT_GNU_HASH
: name
= "GNU_HASH"; break;
1293 fprintf (f
, " %-11s ", name
);
1295 fprintf (f
, "0x%lx", (unsigned long) dyn
.d_un
.d_val
);
1299 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
1301 string
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
1304 fprintf (f
, "%s", string
);
1313 if ((elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
1314 || (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
== NULL
))
1316 if (! _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (abfd
, FALSE
))
1320 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0)
1322 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*t
;
1324 fprintf (f
, _("\nVersion definitions:\n"));
1325 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->vd_nextdef
)
1327 fprintf (f
, "%d 0x%2.2x 0x%8.8lx %s\n", t
->vd_ndx
,
1328 t
->vd_flags
, t
->vd_hash
,
1329 t
->vd_nodename
? t
->vd_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1330 if (t
->vd_auxptr
!= NULL
&& t
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nextptr
!= NULL
)
1332 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*a
;
1335 for (a
= t
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nextptr
;
1339 a
->vda_nodename
? a
->vda_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1345 if (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0)
1347 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
1349 fprintf (f
, _("\nVersion References:\n"));
1350 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->vn_nextref
)
1352 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
1354 fprintf (f
, _(" required from %s:\n"),
1355 t
->vn_filename
? t
->vn_filename
: "<corrupt>");
1356 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
1357 fprintf (f
, " 0x%8.8lx 0x%2.2x %2.2d %s\n", a
->vna_hash
,
1358 a
->vna_flags
, a
->vna_other
,
1359 a
->vna_nodename
? a
->vna_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1371 /* Display ELF-specific fields of a symbol. */
1374 bfd_elf_print_symbol (bfd
*abfd
,
1377 bfd_print_symbol_type how
)
1382 case bfd_print_symbol_name
:
1383 fprintf (file
, "%s", symbol
->name
);
1385 case bfd_print_symbol_more
:
1386 fprintf (file
, "elf ");
1387 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, file
, symbol
->value
);
1388 fprintf (file
, " %lx", (long) symbol
->flags
);
1390 case bfd_print_symbol_all
:
1392 const char *section_name
;
1393 const char *name
= NULL
;
1394 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1395 unsigned char st_other
;
1398 section_name
= symbol
->section
? symbol
->section
->name
: "(*none*)";
1400 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1401 if (bed
->elf_backend_print_symbol_all
)
1402 name
= (*bed
->elf_backend_print_symbol_all
) (abfd
, filep
, symbol
);
1406 name
= symbol
->name
;
1407 bfd_print_symbol_vandf (abfd
, file
, symbol
);
1410 fprintf (file
, " %s\t", section_name
);
1411 /* Print the "other" value for a symbol. For common symbols,
1412 we've already printed the size; now print the alignment.
1413 For other symbols, we have no specified alignment, and
1414 we've printed the address; now print the size. */
1415 if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
1416 val
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
;
1418 val
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;
1419 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, file
, val
);
1421 /* If we have version information, print it. */
1422 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynversym_section
!= 0
1423 && (elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverdef_section
!= 0
1424 || elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverref_section
!= 0))
1426 unsigned int vernum
;
1427 const char *version_string
;
1429 vernum
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->version
& VERSYM_VERSION
;
1432 version_string
= "";
1433 else if (vernum
== 1)
1434 version_string
= "Base";
1435 else if (vernum
<= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
)
1437 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[vernum
- 1].vd_nodename
;
1440 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
1442 version_string
= "";
1443 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
;
1447 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
1449 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
1451 if (a
->vna_other
== vernum
)
1453 version_string
= a
->vna_nodename
;
1460 if ((((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->version
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) == 0)
1461 fprintf (file
, " %-11s", version_string
);
1466 fprintf (file
, " (%s)", version_string
);
1467 for (i
= 10 - strlen (version_string
); i
> 0; --i
)
1472 /* If the st_other field is not zero, print it. */
1473 st_other
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
;
1478 case STV_INTERNAL
: fprintf (file
, " .internal"); break;
1479 case STV_HIDDEN
: fprintf (file
, " .hidden"); break;
1480 case STV_PROTECTED
: fprintf (file
, " .protected"); break;
1482 /* Some other non-defined flags are also present, so print
1484 fprintf (file
, " 0x%02x", (unsigned int) st_other
);
1487 fprintf (file
, " %s", name
);
1493 /* Create an entry in an ELF linker hash table. */
1495 struct bfd_hash_entry
*
1496 _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry
*entry
,
1497 struct bfd_hash_table
*table
,
1500 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
1504 entry
= bfd_hash_allocate (table
, sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
));
1509 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
1510 entry
= _bfd_link_hash_newfunc (entry
, table
, string
);
1513 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ret
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) entry
;
1514 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= (struct elf_link_hash_table
*) table
;
1516 /* Set local fields. */
1519 ret
->got
= htab
->init_got_refcount
;
1520 ret
->plt
= htab
->init_plt_refcount
;
1521 memset (&ret
->size
, 0, (sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
)
1522 - offsetof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
, size
)));
1523 /* Assume that we have been called by a non-ELF symbol reader.
1524 This flag is then reset by the code which reads an ELF input
1525 file. This ensures that a symbol created by a non-ELF symbol
1526 reader will have the flag set correctly. */
1533 /* Copy data from an indirect symbol to its direct symbol, hiding the
1534 old indirect symbol. Also used for copying flags to a weakdef. */
1537 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1538 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*dir
,
1539 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ind
)
1541 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
1543 /* Copy down any references that we may have already seen to the
1544 symbol which just became indirect. */
1546 dir
->ref_dynamic
|= ind
->ref_dynamic
;
1547 dir
->ref_regular
|= ind
->ref_regular
;
1548 dir
->ref_regular_nonweak
|= ind
->ref_regular_nonweak
;
1549 dir
->non_got_ref
|= ind
->non_got_ref
;
1550 dir
->needs_plt
|= ind
->needs_plt
;
1551 dir
->pointer_equality_needed
|= ind
->pointer_equality_needed
;
1553 if (ind
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1556 /* Copy over the global and procedure linkage table refcount entries.
1557 These may have been already set up by a check_relocs routine. */
1558 htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
1559 if (ind
->got
.refcount
> htab
->init_got_refcount
.refcount
)
1561 if (dir
->got
.refcount
< 0)
1562 dir
->got
.refcount
= 0;
1563 dir
->got
.refcount
+= ind
->got
.refcount
;
1564 ind
->got
.refcount
= htab
->init_got_refcount
.refcount
;
1567 if (ind
->plt
.refcount
> htab
->init_plt_refcount
.refcount
)
1569 if (dir
->plt
.refcount
< 0)
1570 dir
->plt
.refcount
= 0;
1571 dir
->plt
.refcount
+= ind
->plt
.refcount
;
1572 ind
->plt
.refcount
= htab
->init_plt_refcount
.refcount
;
1575 if (ind
->dynindx
!= -1)
1577 if (dir
->dynindx
!= -1)
1578 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (htab
->dynstr
, dir
->dynstr_index
);
1579 dir
->dynindx
= ind
->dynindx
;
1580 dir
->dynstr_index
= ind
->dynstr_index
;
1582 ind
->dynstr_index
= 0;
1587 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1588 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
1589 bfd_boolean force_local
)
1591 h
->plt
= elf_hash_table (info
)->init_plt_offset
;
1595 h
->forced_local
= 1;
1596 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1)
1599 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
1605 /* Initialize an ELF linker hash table. */
1608 _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init
1609 (struct elf_link_hash_table
*table
,
1611 struct bfd_hash_entry
*(*newfunc
) (struct bfd_hash_entry
*,
1612 struct bfd_hash_table
*,
1614 unsigned int entsize
)
1617 int can_refcount
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->can_refcount
;
1619 memset (table
, 0, sizeof * table
);
1620 table
->init_got_refcount
.refcount
= can_refcount
- 1;
1621 table
->init_plt_refcount
.refcount
= can_refcount
- 1;
1622 table
->init_got_offset
.offset
= -(bfd_vma
) 1;
1623 table
->init_plt_offset
.offset
= -(bfd_vma
) 1;
1624 /* The first dynamic symbol is a dummy. */
1625 table
->dynsymcount
= 1;
1627 ret
= _bfd_link_hash_table_init (&table
->root
, abfd
, newfunc
, entsize
);
1628 table
->root
.type
= bfd_link_elf_hash_table
;
1633 /* Create an ELF linker hash table. */
1635 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
1636 _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
1638 struct elf_link_hash_table
*ret
;
1639 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_table
);
1641 ret
= bfd_malloc (amt
);
1645 if (! _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (ret
, abfd
, _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc
,
1646 sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
)))
1655 /* This is a hook for the ELF emulation code in the generic linker to
1656 tell the backend linker what file name to use for the DT_NEEDED
1657 entry for a dynamic object. */
1660 bfd_elf_set_dt_needed_name (bfd
*abfd
, const char *name
)
1662 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
1663 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
)
1664 elf_dt_name (abfd
) = name
;
1668 bfd_elf_get_dyn_lib_class (bfd
*abfd
)
1671 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
1672 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
)
1673 lib_class
= elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
);
1680 bfd_elf_set_dyn_lib_class (bfd
*abfd
, enum dynamic_lib_link_class lib_class
)
1682 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
1683 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
)
1684 elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) = lib_class
;
1687 /* Get the list of DT_NEEDED entries for a link. This is a hook for
1688 the linker ELF emulation code. */
1690 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*
1691 bfd_elf_get_needed_list (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1692 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1694 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
1696 return elf_hash_table (info
)->needed
;
1699 /* Get the list of DT_RPATH/DT_RUNPATH entries for a link. This is a
1700 hook for the linker ELF emulation code. */
1702 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*
1703 bfd_elf_get_runpath_list (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1704 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1706 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
1708 return elf_hash_table (info
)->runpath
;
1711 /* Get the name actually used for a dynamic object for a link. This
1712 is the SONAME entry if there is one. Otherwise, it is the string
1713 passed to bfd_elf_set_dt_needed_name, or it is the filename. */
1716 bfd_elf_get_dt_soname (bfd
*abfd
)
1718 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
1719 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
)
1720 return elf_dt_name (abfd
);
1724 /* Get the list of DT_NEEDED entries from a BFD. This is a hook for
1725 the ELF linker emulation code. */
1728 bfd_elf_get_bfd_needed_list (bfd
*abfd
,
1729 struct bfd_link_needed_list
**pneeded
)
1732 bfd_byte
*dynbuf
= NULL
;
1734 unsigned long shlink
;
1735 bfd_byte
*extdyn
, *extdynend
;
1737 void (*swap_dyn_in
) (bfd
*, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn
*);
1741 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
1742 || bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_object
)
1745 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
1746 if (s
== NULL
|| s
->size
== 0)
1749 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, s
, &dynbuf
))
1752 elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, s
);
1756 shlink
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
]->sh_link
;
1758 extdynsize
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
1759 swap_dyn_in
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
;
1762 extdynend
= extdyn
+ s
->size
;
1763 for (; extdyn
< extdynend
; extdyn
+= extdynsize
)
1765 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
1767 (*swap_dyn_in
) (abfd
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
1769 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NULL
)
1772 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NEEDED
)
1775 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*l
;
1776 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
1779 string
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
1784 l
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
1805 /* Allocate an ELF string table--force the first byte to be zero. */
1807 struct bfd_strtab_hash
*
1808 _bfd_elf_stringtab_init (void)
1810 struct bfd_strtab_hash
*ret
;
1812 ret
= _bfd_stringtab_init ();
1817 loc
= _bfd_stringtab_add (ret
, "", TRUE
, FALSE
);
1818 BFD_ASSERT (loc
== 0 || loc
== (bfd_size_type
) -1);
1819 if (loc
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
1821 _bfd_stringtab_free (ret
);
1828 /* ELF .o/exec file reading */
1830 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF section header. */
1833 bfd_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int shindex
)
1835 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
];
1836 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*ehdr
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
1837 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1840 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
,
1841 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shstrndx
,
1846 switch (hdr
->sh_type
)
1849 /* Inactive section. Throw it away. */
1852 case SHT_PROGBITS
: /* Normal section with contents. */
1853 case SHT_NOBITS
: /* .bss section. */
1854 case SHT_HASH
: /* .hash section. */
1855 case SHT_NOTE
: /* .note section. */
1856 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY
: /* .init_array section. */
1857 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY
: /* .fini_array section. */
1858 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
: /* .preinit_array section. */
1859 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
: /* .gnu.liblist section. */
1860 case SHT_GNU_HASH
: /* .gnu.hash section. */
1861 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
1863 case SHT_DYNAMIC
: /* Dynamic linking information. */
1864 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
1866 if (hdr
->sh_link
> elf_numsections (abfd
)
1867 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
] == NULL
)
1869 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_STRTAB
)
1871 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*dynsymhdr
;
1873 /* The shared libraries distributed with hpux11 have a bogus
1874 sh_link field for the ".dynamic" section. Find the
1875 string table for the ".dynsym" section instead. */
1876 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) != 0)
1878 dynsymhdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)];
1879 hdr
->sh_link
= dynsymhdr
->sh_link
;
1883 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
1885 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
1886 for (i
= 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
1888 dynsymhdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
1889 if (dynsymhdr
->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
1891 hdr
->sh_link
= dynsymhdr
->sh_link
;
1899 case SHT_SYMTAB
: /* A symbol table */
1900 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == shindex
)
1903 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
)
1905 BFD_ASSERT (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == 0);
1906 elf_onesymtab (abfd
) = shindex
;
1907 elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
1908 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
1909 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_SYMS
;
1911 /* Sometimes a shared object will map in the symbol table. If
1912 SHF_ALLOC is set, and this is a shared object, then we also
1913 treat this section as a BFD section. We can not base the
1914 decision purely on SHF_ALLOC, because that flag is sometimes
1915 set in a relocatable object file, which would confuse the
1917 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0
1918 && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0
1919 && ! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
1923 /* Go looking for SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX too, since if there is one we
1924 can't read symbols without that section loaded as well. It
1925 is most likely specified by the next section header. */
1926 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_symtab_shndx (abfd
)]->sh_link
!= shindex
)
1928 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
1930 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
1931 for (i
= shindex
+ 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
1933 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
1934 if (hdr2
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
1935 && hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
1939 for (i
= 1; i
< shindex
; i
++)
1941 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
1942 if (hdr2
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
1943 && hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
1947 return bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, i
);
1951 case SHT_DYNSYM
: /* A dynamic symbol table */
1952 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == shindex
)
1955 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
)
1957 BFD_ASSERT (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0);
1958 elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) = shindex
;
1959 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
1960 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
1961 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_SYMS
;
1963 /* Besides being a symbol table, we also treat this as a regular
1964 section, so that objcopy can handle it. */
1965 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
1967 case SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
: /* Symbol section indices when >64k sections */
1968 if (elf_symtab_shndx (abfd
) == shindex
)
1971 BFD_ASSERT (elf_symtab_shndx (abfd
) == 0);
1972 elf_symtab_shndx (abfd
) = shindex
;
1973 elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_shndx_hdr
= *hdr
;
1974 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_shndx_hdr
;
1977 case SHT_STRTAB
: /* A string table */
1978 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
1980 if (ehdr
->e_shstrndx
== shindex
)
1982 elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
1983 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = &elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
;
1986 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_onesymtab (abfd
)]->sh_link
== shindex
)
1989 elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
1990 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
1993 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)]->sh_link
== shindex
)
1996 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynstrtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
1997 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynstrtab_hdr
;
1998 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
;
1999 /* We also treat this as a regular section, so that objcopy
2001 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2005 /* If the string table isn't one of the above, then treat it as a
2006 regular section. We need to scan all the headers to be sure,
2007 just in case this strtab section appeared before the above. */
2008 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == 0 || elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
2010 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
2012 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
2013 for (i
= 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
2015 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
2016 if (hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
2018 /* Prevent endless recursion on broken objects. */
2021 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, i
))
2023 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == i
)
2025 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == i
)
2026 goto dynsymtab_strtab
;
2030 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2034 /* *These* do a lot of work -- but build no sections! */
2036 asection
*target_sect
;
2037 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
;
2038 unsigned int num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
2041 != (bfd_size_type
) (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
2042 ? bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
: bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
))
2045 /* Check for a bogus link to avoid crashing. */
2046 if ((hdr
->sh_link
>= SHN_LORESERVE
&& hdr
->sh_link
<= SHN_HIRESERVE
)
2047 || hdr
->sh_link
>= num_sec
)
2049 ((*_bfd_error_handler
)
2050 (_("%B: invalid link %lu for reloc section %s (index %u)"),
2051 abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
, name
, shindex
));
2052 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2056 /* For some incomprehensible reason Oracle distributes
2057 libraries for Solaris in which some of the objects have
2058 bogus sh_link fields. It would be nice if we could just
2059 reject them, but, unfortunately, some people need to use
2060 them. We scan through the section headers; if we find only
2061 one suitable symbol table, we clobber the sh_link to point
2062 to it. I hope this doesn't break anything. */
2063 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_SYMTAB
2064 && elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_DYNSYM
)
2070 for (scan
= 1; scan
< num_sec
; scan
++)
2072 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[scan
]->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
2073 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[scan
]->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
2084 hdr
->sh_link
= found
;
2087 /* Get the symbol table. */
2088 if ((elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
2089 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
2090 && ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
))
2093 /* If this reloc section does not use the main symbol table we
2094 don't treat it as a reloc section. BFD can't adequately
2095 represent such a section, so at least for now, we don't
2096 try. We just present it as a normal section. We also
2097 can't use it as a reloc section if it points to the null
2098 section, an invalid section, or another reloc section. */
2099 if (hdr
->sh_link
!= elf_onesymtab (abfd
)
2100 || hdr
->sh_info
== SHN_UNDEF
2101 || (hdr
->sh_info
>= SHN_LORESERVE
&& hdr
->sh_info
<= SHN_HIRESERVE
)
2102 || hdr
->sh_info
>= num_sec
2103 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_info
]->sh_type
== SHT_REL
2104 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_info
]->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
2105 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2108 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
->sh_info
))
2110 target_sect
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, hdr
->sh_info
);
2111 if (target_sect
== NULL
)
2114 if ((target_sect
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
2115 || target_sect
->reloc_count
== 0)
2116 hdr2
= &elf_section_data (target_sect
)->rel_hdr
;
2120 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (target_sect
)->rel_hdr2
== NULL
);
2121 amt
= sizeof (*hdr2
);
2122 hdr2
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
2123 elf_section_data (target_sect
)->rel_hdr2
= hdr2
;
2126 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr2
;
2127 target_sect
->reloc_count
+= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (hdr
);
2128 target_sect
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
2129 target_sect
->relocation
= NULL
;
2130 target_sect
->rel_filepos
= hdr
->sh_offset
;
2131 /* In the section to which the relocations apply, mark whether
2132 its relocations are of the REL or RELA variety. */
2133 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
2134 target_sect
->use_rela_p
= hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
;
2135 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_RELOC
;
2139 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
2140 elf_dynverdef (abfd
) = shindex
;
2141 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverdef_hdr
= *hdr
;
2142 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2144 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
2145 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= sizeof (Elf_External_Versym
))
2147 elf_dynversym (abfd
) = shindex
;
2148 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynversym_hdr
= *hdr
;
2149 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2151 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
2152 elf_dynverref (abfd
) = shindex
;
2153 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverref_hdr
= *hdr
;
2154 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2160 /* We need a BFD section for objcopy and relocatable linking,
2161 and it's handy to have the signature available as the section
2163 if (! IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (hdr
))
2165 name
= group_signature (abfd
, hdr
);
2168 if (!_bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
2170 if (hdr
->contents
!= NULL
)
2172 Elf_Internal_Group
*idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) hdr
->contents
;
2173 unsigned int n_elt
= hdr
->sh_size
/ GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
;
2176 if (idx
->flags
& GRP_COMDAT
)
2177 hdr
->bfd_section
->flags
2178 |= SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD
;
2180 /* We try to keep the same section order as it comes in. */
2182 while (--n_elt
!= 0)
2186 if (idx
->shdr
!= NULL
2187 && (s
= idx
->shdr
->bfd_section
) != NULL
2188 && elf_next_in_group (s
) != NULL
)
2190 elf_next_in_group (hdr
->bfd_section
) = s
;
2198 /* Check for any processor-specific section types. */
2199 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
2202 if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOUSER
&& hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIUSER
)
2204 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
2205 /* FIXME: How to properly handle allocated section reserved
2206 for applications? */
2207 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2208 (_("%B: don't know how to handle allocated, application "
2209 "specific section `%s' [0x%8x]"),
2210 abfd
, name
, hdr
->sh_type
);
2212 /* Allow sections reserved for applications. */
2213 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2216 else if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOPROC
2217 && hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIPROC
)
2218 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
2219 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2220 (_("%B: don't know how to handle processor specific section "
2222 abfd
, name
, hdr
->sh_type
);
2223 else if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOOS
&& hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIOS
)
2225 /* Unrecognised OS-specific sections. */
2226 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING
) != 0)
2227 /* SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING indicates that special knowledge is
2228 required to correctly process the section and the file should
2229 be rejected with an error message. */
2230 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2231 (_("%B: don't know how to handle OS specific section "
2233 abfd
, name
, hdr
->sh_type
);
2235 /* Otherwise it should be processed. */
2236 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2239 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
2240 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2241 (_("%B: don't know how to handle section `%s' [0x%8x]"),
2242 abfd
, name
, hdr
->sh_type
);
2250 /* Return the section for the local symbol specified by ABFD, R_SYMNDX.
2251 Return SEC for sections that have no elf section, and NULL on error. */
2254 bfd_section_from_r_symndx (bfd
*abfd
,
2255 struct sym_sec_cache
*cache
,
2257 unsigned long r_symndx
)
2259 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
2260 unsigned char esym
[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym
)];
2261 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx
;
2262 Elf_Internal_Sym isym
;
2263 unsigned int ent
= r_symndx
% LOCAL_SYM_CACHE_SIZE
;
2265 if (cache
->abfd
== abfd
&& cache
->indx
[ent
] == r_symndx
)
2266 return cache
->sec
[ent
];
2268 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
2269 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, 1, r_symndx
,
2270 &isym
, esym
, &eshndx
) == NULL
)
2273 if (cache
->abfd
!= abfd
)
2275 memset (cache
->indx
, -1, sizeof (cache
->indx
));
2278 cache
->indx
[ent
] = r_symndx
;
2279 cache
->sec
[ent
] = sec
;
2280 if ((isym
.st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
&& isym
.st_shndx
< SHN_LORESERVE
)
2281 || isym
.st_shndx
> SHN_HIRESERVE
)
2284 s
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
.st_shndx
);
2286 cache
->sec
[ent
] = s
;
2288 return cache
->sec
[ent
];
2291 /* Given an ELF section number, retrieve the corresponding BFD
2295 bfd_section_from_elf_index (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int index
)
2297 if (index
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
2299 return elf_elfsections (abfd
)[index
]->bfd_section
;
2302 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_b
[] =
2304 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".bss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2305 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2308 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_c
[] =
2310 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".comment"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2311 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2314 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_d
[] =
2316 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2317 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2318 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2319 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2320 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_info"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2321 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_abbrev"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2322 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_aranges"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2323 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynamic"), 0, SHT_DYNAMIC
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2324 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynstr"), 0, SHT_STRTAB
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2325 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynsym"), 0, SHT_DYNSYM
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2326 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2329 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_f
[] =
2331 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2332 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini_array"), 0, SHT_FINI_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2333 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2336 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_g
[] =
2338 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.linkonce.b"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2339 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".got"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2340 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version"), 0, SHT_GNU_versym
, 0 },
2341 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_d"), 0, SHT_GNU_verdef
, 0 },
2342 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_r"), 0, SHT_GNU_verneed
, 0 },
2343 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.liblist"), 0, SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2344 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.conflict"), 0, SHT_RELA
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2345 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.hash"), 0, SHT_GNU_HASH
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2346 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2349 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_h
[] =
2351 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".hash"), 0, SHT_HASH
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2352 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2355 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_i
[] =
2357 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2358 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init_array"), 0, SHT_INIT_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2359 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".interp"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2360 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2363 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_l
[] =
2365 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2366 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2369 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_n
[] =
2371 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note.GNU-stack"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2372 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note"), -1, SHT_NOTE
, 0 },
2373 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2376 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_p
[] =
2378 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".preinit_array"), 0, SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2379 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2380 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2383 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_r
[] =
2385 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2386 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2387 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rela"), -1, SHT_RELA
, 0 },
2388 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rel"), -1, SHT_REL
, 0 },
2389 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2392 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_s
[] =
2394 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".shstrtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2395 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".strtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2396 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".symtab"), 0, SHT_SYMTAB
, 0 },
2397 /* See struct bfd_elf_special_section declaration for the semantics of
2398 this special case where .prefix_length != strlen (.prefix). */
2399 { ".stabstr", 5, 3, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2400 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2403 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_t
[] =
2405 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".text"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2406 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_TLS
},
2407 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_TLS
},
2408 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2411 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*special_sections
[] =
2413 special_sections_b
, /* 'b' */
2414 special_sections_c
, /* 'b' */
2415 special_sections_d
, /* 'd' */
2417 special_sections_f
, /* 'f' */
2418 special_sections_g
, /* 'g' */
2419 special_sections_h
, /* 'h' */
2420 special_sections_i
, /* 'i' */
2423 special_sections_l
, /* 'l' */
2425 special_sections_n
, /* 'n' */
2427 special_sections_p
, /* 'p' */
2429 special_sections_r
, /* 'r' */
2430 special_sections_s
, /* 's' */
2431 special_sections_t
, /* 't' */
2434 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*
2435 _bfd_elf_get_special_section (const char *name
,
2436 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*spec
,
2442 len
= strlen (name
);
2444 for (i
= 0; spec
[i
].prefix
!= NULL
; i
++)
2447 int prefix_len
= spec
[i
].prefix_length
;
2449 if (len
< prefix_len
)
2451 if (memcmp (name
, spec
[i
].prefix
, prefix_len
) != 0)
2454 suffix_len
= spec
[i
].suffix_length
;
2455 if (suffix_len
<= 0)
2457 if (name
[prefix_len
] != 0)
2459 if (suffix_len
== 0)
2461 if (name
[prefix_len
] != '.'
2462 && (suffix_len
== -2
2463 || (rela
&& spec
[i
].type
== SHT_REL
)))
2469 if (len
< prefix_len
+ suffix_len
)
2471 if (memcmp (name
+ len
- suffix_len
,
2472 spec
[i
].prefix
+ prefix_len
,
2482 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*
2483 _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
2486 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*spec
;
2487 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2489 /* See if this is one of the special sections. */
2490 if (sec
->name
== NULL
)
2493 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2494 spec
= bed
->special_sections
;
2497 spec
= _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec
->name
,
2498 bed
->special_sections
,
2504 if (sec
->name
[0] != '.')
2507 i
= sec
->name
[1] - 'b';
2508 if (i
< 0 || i
> 't' - 'b')
2511 spec
= special_sections
[i
];
2516 return _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec
->name
, spec
, sec
->use_rela_p
);
2520 _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
2522 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*sdata
;
2523 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2524 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*ssect
;
2526 sdata
= (struct bfd_elf_section_data
*) sec
->used_by_bfd
;
2529 sdata
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*sdata
));
2532 sec
->used_by_bfd
= sdata
;
2535 /* Indicate whether or not this section should use RELA relocations. */
2536 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2537 sec
->use_rela_p
= bed
->default_use_rela_p
;
2539 /* When we read a file, we don't need to set ELF section type and
2540 flags. They will be overridden in _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr
2541 anyway. We will set ELF section type and flags for all linker
2542 created sections. If user specifies BFD section flags, we will
2543 set ELF section type and flags based on BFD section flags in
2544 elf_fake_sections. */
2545 if ((!sec
->flags
&& abfd
->direction
!= read_direction
)
2546 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0)
2548 ssect
= (*bed
->get_sec_type_attr
) (abfd
, sec
);
2551 elf_section_type (sec
) = ssect
->type
;
2552 elf_section_flags (sec
) = ssect
->attr
;
2556 return _bfd_generic_new_section_hook (abfd
, sec
);
2559 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF program header.
2561 Since program segments have no names, we generate a synthetic name
2562 of the form segment<NUM>, where NUM is generally the index in the
2563 program header table. For segments that are split (see below) we
2564 generate the names segment<NUM>a and segment<NUM>b.
2566 Note that some program segments may have a file size that is different than
2567 (less than) the memory size. All this means is that at execution the
2568 system must allocate the amount of memory specified by the memory size,
2569 but only initialize it with the first "file size" bytes read from the
2570 file. This would occur for example, with program segments consisting
2571 of combined data+bss.
2573 To handle the above situation, this routine generates TWO bfd sections
2574 for the single program segment. The first has the length specified by
2575 the file size of the segment, and the second has the length specified
2576 by the difference between the two sizes. In effect, the segment is split
2577 into it's initialized and uninitialized parts.
2582 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (bfd
*abfd
,
2583 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*hdr
,
2585 const char *typename
)
2593 split
= ((hdr
->p_memsz
> 0)
2594 && (hdr
->p_filesz
> 0)
2595 && (hdr
->p_memsz
> hdr
->p_filesz
));
2596 sprintf (namebuf
, "%s%d%s", typename
, index
, split
? "a" : "");
2597 len
= strlen (namebuf
) + 1;
2598 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
2601 memcpy (name
, namebuf
, len
);
2602 newsect
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, name
);
2603 if (newsect
== NULL
)
2605 newsect
->vma
= hdr
->p_vaddr
;
2606 newsect
->lma
= hdr
->p_paddr
;
2607 newsect
->size
= hdr
->p_filesz
;
2608 newsect
->filepos
= hdr
->p_offset
;
2609 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
2610 newsect
->alignment_power
= bfd_log2 (hdr
->p_align
);
2611 if (hdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
2613 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_ALLOC
;
2614 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_LOAD
;
2615 if (hdr
->p_flags
& PF_X
)
2617 /* FIXME: all we known is that it has execute PERMISSION,
2619 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_CODE
;
2622 if (!(hdr
->p_flags
& PF_W
))
2624 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
2629 sprintf (namebuf
, "%s%db", typename
, index
);
2630 len
= strlen (namebuf
) + 1;
2631 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
2634 memcpy (name
, namebuf
, len
);
2635 newsect
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, name
);
2636 if (newsect
== NULL
)
2638 newsect
->vma
= hdr
->p_vaddr
+ hdr
->p_filesz
;
2639 newsect
->lma
= hdr
->p_paddr
+ hdr
->p_filesz
;
2640 newsect
->size
= hdr
->p_memsz
- hdr
->p_filesz
;
2641 if (hdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
2643 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_ALLOC
;
2644 if (hdr
->p_flags
& PF_X
)
2645 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_CODE
;
2647 if (!(hdr
->p_flags
& PF_W
))
2648 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
2655 bfd_section_from_phdr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Phdr
*hdr
, int index
)
2657 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2659 switch (hdr
->p_type
)
2662 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, index
, "null");
2665 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, index
, "load");
2668 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, index
, "dynamic");
2671 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, index
, "interp");
2674 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, index
, "note"))
2676 if (! elfcore_read_notes (abfd
, hdr
->p_offset
, hdr
->p_filesz
))
2681 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, index
, "shlib");
2684 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, index
, "phdr");
2686 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
:
2687 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, index
,
2691 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, index
, "stack");
2694 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, index
, "relro");
2697 /* Check for any processor-specific program segment types. */
2698 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2699 return bed
->elf_backend_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, index
, "proc");
2703 /* Initialize REL_HDR, the section-header for new section, containing
2704 relocations against ASECT. If USE_RELA_P is TRUE, we use RELA
2705 relocations; otherwise, we use REL relocations. */
2708 _bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
2709 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
,
2711 bfd_boolean use_rela_p
)
2714 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2715 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof ".rela" + strlen (asect
->name
);
2717 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
2720 sprintf (name
, "%s%s", use_rela_p
? ".rela" : ".rel", asect
->name
);
2722 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), name
,
2724 if (rel_hdr
->sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
2726 rel_hdr
->sh_type
= use_rela_p
? SHT_RELA
: SHT_REL
;
2727 rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
= (use_rela_p
2728 ? bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
2729 : bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
);
2730 rel_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
2731 rel_hdr
->sh_flags
= 0;
2732 rel_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
2733 rel_hdr
->sh_size
= 0;
2734 rel_hdr
->sh_offset
= 0;
2739 /* Set up an ELF internal section header for a section. */
2742 elf_fake_sections (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*asect
, void *failedptrarg
)
2744 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2745 bfd_boolean
*failedptr
= failedptrarg
;
2746 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
2747 unsigned int sh_type
;
2751 /* We already failed; just get out of the bfd_map_over_sections
2756 this_hdr
= &elf_section_data (asect
)->this_hdr
;
2758 this_hdr
->sh_name
= (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
2759 asect
->name
, FALSE
);
2760 if (this_hdr
->sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
2766 /* Don't clear sh_flags. Assembler may set additional bits. */
2768 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
2769 || asect
->user_set_vma
)
2770 this_hdr
->sh_addr
= asect
->vma
;
2772 this_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
2774 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= 0;
2775 this_hdr
->sh_size
= asect
->size
;
2776 this_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
2777 this_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1 << asect
->alignment_power
;
2778 /* The sh_entsize and sh_info fields may have been set already by
2779 copy_private_section_data. */
2781 this_hdr
->bfd_section
= asect
;
2782 this_hdr
->contents
= NULL
;
2784 /* If the section type is unspecified, we set it based on
2786 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NULL
)
2788 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0)
2789 this_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_GROUP
;
2790 else if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
2791 && (((asect
->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
)) == 0)
2792 || (asect
->flags
& SEC_NEVER_LOAD
) != 0))
2793 this_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_NOBITS
;
2795 this_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_PROGBITS
;
2798 switch (this_hdr
->sh_type
)
2804 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY
:
2805 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY
:
2806 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
:
2813 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_hash_entry
;
2817 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
2821 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
2825 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->may_use_rela_p
)
2826 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
;
2830 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->may_use_rel_p
)
2831 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
;
2834 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
2835 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_Versym
);
2838 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
2839 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
2840 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
2841 cverdefs. The linker will set cverdefs, but sh_info will be
2843 if (this_hdr
->sh_info
== 0)
2844 this_hdr
->sh_info
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
;
2846 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
== 0
2847 || this_hdr
->sh_info
== elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
);
2850 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
2851 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
2852 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
2853 cverrefs. The linker will set cverrefs, but sh_info will be
2855 if (this_hdr
->sh_info
== 0)
2856 this_hdr
->sh_info
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
;
2858 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
== 0
2859 || this_hdr
->sh_info
== elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
);
2863 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
;
2867 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->arch_size
== 64 ? 0 : 4;
2871 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
2872 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
;
2873 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
2874 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_WRITE
;
2875 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
2876 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_EXECINSTR
;
2877 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) != 0)
2879 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MERGE
;
2880 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= asect
->entsize
;
2881 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_STRINGS
) != 0)
2882 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_STRINGS
;
2884 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == 0 && elf_group_name (asect
) != NULL
)
2885 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_GROUP
;
2886 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
2888 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_TLS
;
2889 if (asect
->size
== 0
2890 && (asect
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
2892 struct bfd_link_order
*o
= asect
->map_tail
.link_order
;
2894 this_hdr
->sh_size
= 0;
2897 this_hdr
->sh_size
= o
->offset
+ o
->size
;
2898 if (this_hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
2899 this_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_NOBITS
;
2904 /* Check for processor-specific section types. */
2905 sh_type
= this_hdr
->sh_type
;
2906 if (bed
->elf_backend_fake_sections
2907 && !(*bed
->elf_backend_fake_sections
) (abfd
, this_hdr
, asect
))
2910 if (sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
&& asect
->size
!= 0)
2912 /* Don't change the header type from NOBITS if we are being
2913 called for objcopy --only-keep-debug. */
2914 this_hdr
->sh_type
= sh_type
;
2917 /* If the section has relocs, set up a section header for the
2918 SHT_REL[A] section. If two relocation sections are required for
2919 this section, it is up to the processor-specific back-end to
2920 create the other. */
2921 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0
2922 && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd
,
2923 &elf_section_data (asect
)->rel_hdr
,
2929 /* Fill in the contents of a SHT_GROUP section. */
2932 bfd_elf_set_group_contents (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
, void *failedptrarg
)
2934 bfd_boolean
*failedptr
= failedptrarg
;
2935 unsigned long symindx
;
2936 asection
*elt
, *first
;
2940 /* Ignore linker created group section. See elfNN_ia64_object_p in
2942 if (((sec
->flags
& (SEC_GROUP
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
)) != SEC_GROUP
)
2947 if (elf_group_id (sec
) != NULL
)
2948 symindx
= elf_group_id (sec
)->udata
.i
;
2952 /* If called from the assembler, swap_out_syms will have set up
2953 elf_section_syms; If called for "ld -r", use target_index. */
2954 if (elf_section_syms (abfd
) != NULL
)
2955 symindx
= elf_section_syms (abfd
)[sec
->index
]->udata
.i
;
2957 symindx
= sec
->target_index
;
2959 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= symindx
;
2961 /* The contents won't be allocated for "ld -r" or objcopy. */
2963 if (sec
->contents
== NULL
)
2966 sec
->contents
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, sec
->size
);
2968 /* Arrange for the section to be written out. */
2969 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= sec
->contents
;
2970 if (sec
->contents
== NULL
)
2977 loc
= sec
->contents
+ sec
->size
;
2979 /* Get the pointer to the first section in the group that gas
2980 squirreled away here. objcopy arranges for this to be set to the
2981 start of the input section group. */
2982 first
= elt
= elf_next_in_group (sec
);
2984 /* First element is a flag word. Rest of section is elf section
2985 indices for all the sections of the group. Write them backwards
2986 just to keep the group in the same order as given in .section
2987 directives, not that it matters. */
2996 s
= s
->output_section
;
2999 idx
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3000 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, idx
, loc
);
3001 elt
= elf_next_in_group (elt
);
3006 if ((loc
-= 4) != sec
->contents
)
3009 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, sec
->flags
& SEC_LINK_ONCE
? GRP_COMDAT
: 0, loc
);
3012 /* Assign all ELF section numbers. The dummy first section is handled here
3013 too. The link/info pointers for the standard section types are filled
3014 in here too, while we're at it. */
3017 assign_section_numbers (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
3019 struct elf_obj_tdata
*t
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
3021 unsigned int section_number
, secn
;
3022 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
3023 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*d
;
3027 _bfd_elf_strtab_clear_all_refs (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
3029 /* SHT_GROUP sections are in relocatable files only. */
3030 if (link_info
== NULL
|| link_info
->relocatable
)
3032 /* Put SHT_GROUP sections first. */
3033 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
3035 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
3037 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
)
3039 if (sec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
)
3041 /* Remove the linker created SHT_GROUP sections. */
3042 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd
, sec
);
3043 abfd
->section_count
--;
3047 if (section_number
== SHN_LORESERVE
)
3048 section_number
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
3049 d
->this_idx
= section_number
++;
3055 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
; sec
= sec
->next
)
3057 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
3059 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
!= SHT_GROUP
)
3061 if (section_number
== SHN_LORESERVE
)
3062 section_number
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
3063 d
->this_idx
= section_number
++;
3065 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->this_hdr
.sh_name
);
3066 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0)
3070 if (section_number
== SHN_LORESERVE
)
3071 section_number
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
3072 d
->rel_idx
= section_number
++;
3073 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->rel_hdr
.sh_name
);
3078 if (section_number
== SHN_LORESERVE
)
3079 section_number
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
3080 d
->rel_idx2
= section_number
++;
3081 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->rel_hdr2
->sh_name
);
3087 if (section_number
== SHN_LORESERVE
)
3088 section_number
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
3089 t
->shstrtab_section
= section_number
++;
3090 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
3091 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shstrndx
= t
->shstrtab_section
;
3093 if (bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0)
3095 if (section_number
== SHN_LORESERVE
)
3096 section_number
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
3097 t
->symtab_section
= section_number
++;
3098 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
3099 if (section_number
> SHN_LORESERVE
- 2)
3101 if (section_number
== SHN_LORESERVE
)
3102 section_number
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
3103 t
->symtab_shndx_section
= section_number
++;
3104 t
->symtab_shndx_hdr
.sh_name
3105 = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
3106 ".symtab_shndx", FALSE
);
3107 if (t
->symtab_shndx_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
3110 if (section_number
== SHN_LORESERVE
)
3111 section_number
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
3112 t
->strtab_section
= section_number
++;
3113 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->strtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
3116 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
3117 t
->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
3119 elf_numsections (abfd
) = section_number
;
3120 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shnum
= section_number
;
3121 if (section_number
> SHN_LORESERVE
)
3122 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shnum
-= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
3124 /* Set up the list of section header pointers, in agreement with the
3126 i_shdrp
= bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, section_number
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*));
3127 if (i_shdrp
== NULL
)
3130 i_shdrp
[0] = bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
));
3131 if (i_shdrp
[0] == NULL
)
3133 bfd_release (abfd
, i_shdrp
);
3137 elf_elfsections (abfd
) = i_shdrp
;
3139 i_shdrp
[t
->shstrtab_section
] = &t
->shstrtab_hdr
;
3140 if (bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0)
3142 i_shdrp
[t
->symtab_section
] = &t
->symtab_hdr
;
3143 if (elf_numsections (abfd
) > SHN_LORESERVE
)
3145 i_shdrp
[t
->symtab_shndx_section
] = &t
->symtab_shndx_hdr
;
3146 t
->symtab_shndx_hdr
.sh_link
= t
->symtab_section
;
3148 i_shdrp
[t
->strtab_section
] = &t
->strtab_hdr
;
3149 t
->symtab_hdr
.sh_link
= t
->strtab_section
;
3152 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
; sec
= sec
->next
)
3154 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
3158 i_shdrp
[d
->this_idx
] = &d
->this_hdr
;
3159 if (d
->rel_idx
!= 0)
3160 i_shdrp
[d
->rel_idx
] = &d
->rel_hdr
;
3161 if (d
->rel_idx2
!= 0)
3162 i_shdrp
[d
->rel_idx2
] = d
->rel_hdr2
;
3164 /* Fill in the sh_link and sh_info fields while we're at it. */
3166 /* sh_link of a reloc section is the section index of the symbol
3167 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to which
3168 the relocation entries apply. */
3169 if (d
->rel_idx
!= 0)
3171 d
->rel_hdr
.sh_link
= t
->symtab_section
;
3172 d
->rel_hdr
.sh_info
= d
->this_idx
;
3174 if (d
->rel_idx2
!= 0)
3176 d
->rel_hdr2
->sh_link
= t
->symtab_section
;
3177 d
->rel_hdr2
->sh_info
= d
->this_idx
;
3180 /* We need to set up sh_link for SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
3181 if ((d
->this_hdr
.sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
3183 s
= elf_linked_to_section (sec
);
3186 /* elf_linked_to_section points to the input section. */
3187 if (link_info
!= NULL
)
3189 /* Check discarded linkonce section. */
3190 if (elf_discarded_section (s
))
3193 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
3194 (_("%B: sh_link of section `%A' points to discarded section `%A' of `%B'"),
3195 abfd
, d
->this_hdr
.bfd_section
,
3197 /* Point to the kept section if it has the same
3198 size as the discarded one. */
3199 kept
= _bfd_elf_check_kept_section (s
, link_info
);
3202 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3208 s
= s
->output_section
;
3209 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
3213 /* Handle objcopy. */
3214 if (s
->output_section
== NULL
)
3216 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
3217 (_("%B: sh_link of section `%A' points to removed section `%A' of `%B'"),
3218 abfd
, d
->this_hdr
.bfd_section
, s
, s
->owner
);
3219 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3222 s
= s
->output_section
;
3224 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3229 The Intel C compiler generates SHT_IA_64_UNWIND with
3230 SHF_LINK_ORDER. But it doesn't set the sh_link or
3231 sh_info fields. Hence we could get the situation
3233 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
3234 = get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3235 if (bed
->link_order_error_handler
)
3236 bed
->link_order_error_handler
3237 (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"),
3242 switch (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
)
3246 /* A reloc section which we are treating as a normal BFD
3247 section. sh_link is the section index of the symbol
3248 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to
3249 which the relocation entries apply. We assume that an
3250 allocated reloc section uses the dynamic symbol table.
3251 FIXME: How can we be sure? */
3252 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
3254 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3256 /* We look up the section the relocs apply to by name. */
3258 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
)
3262 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
);
3264 d
->this_hdr
.sh_info
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3268 /* We assume that a section named .stab*str is a stabs
3269 string section. We look for a section with the same name
3270 but without the trailing ``str'', and set its sh_link
3271 field to point to this section. */
3272 if (CONST_STRNEQ (sec
->name
, ".stab")
3273 && strcmp (sec
->name
+ strlen (sec
->name
) - 3, "str") == 0)
3278 len
= strlen (sec
->name
);
3279 alc
= bfd_malloc (len
- 2);
3282 memcpy (alc
, sec
->name
, len
- 3);
3283 alc
[len
- 3] = '\0';
3284 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, alc
);
3288 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
= d
->this_idx
;
3290 /* This is a .stab section. */
3291 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
== 0)
3292 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
3293 = 4 + 2 * bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 8;
3300 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
3301 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
3302 /* sh_link is the section header index of the string table
3303 used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or the
3305 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynstr");
3307 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3310 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
:
3311 /* sh_link is the section header index of the prelink library
3313 used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or the
3315 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
)
3316 ? ".dynstr" : ".gnu.libstr");
3318 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3323 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
3324 /* sh_link is the section header index of the symbol table
3325 this hash table or version table is for. */
3326 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
3328 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3332 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= t
->symtab_section
;
3336 for (secn
= 1; secn
< section_number
; ++secn
)
3337 if (i_shdrp
[secn
] == NULL
)
3338 i_shdrp
[secn
] = i_shdrp
[0];
3340 i_shdrp
[secn
]->sh_name
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
3341 i_shdrp
[secn
]->sh_name
);
3345 /* Map symbol from it's internal number to the external number, moving
3346 all local symbols to be at the head of the list. */
3349 sym_is_global (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*sym
)
3351 /* If the backend has a special mapping, use it. */
3352 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3353 if (bed
->elf_backend_sym_is_global
)
3354 return (*bed
->elf_backend_sym_is_global
) (abfd
, sym
);
3356 return ((sym
->flags
& (BSF_GLOBAL
| BSF_WEAK
)) != 0
3357 || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (sym
))
3358 || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (sym
)));
3361 /* Don't output section symbols for sections that are not going to be
3362 output. Also, don't output section symbols for reloc and other
3363 special sections. */
3366 ignore_section_sym (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*sym
)
3368 return ((sym
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0
3370 || (sym
->section
->owner
!= abfd
3371 && (sym
->section
->output_section
->owner
!= abfd
3372 || sym
->section
->output_offset
!= 0))));
3376 elf_map_symbols (bfd
*abfd
)
3378 unsigned int symcount
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
3379 asymbol
**syms
= bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd
);
3380 asymbol
**sect_syms
;
3381 unsigned int num_locals
= 0;
3382 unsigned int num_globals
= 0;
3383 unsigned int num_locals2
= 0;
3384 unsigned int num_globals2
= 0;
3391 fprintf (stderr
, "elf_map_symbols\n");
3395 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
3397 if (max_index
< asect
->index
)
3398 max_index
= asect
->index
;
3402 sect_syms
= bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, max_index
, sizeof (asymbol
*));
3403 if (sect_syms
== NULL
)
3405 elf_section_syms (abfd
) = sect_syms
;
3406 elf_num_section_syms (abfd
) = max_index
;
3408 /* Init sect_syms entries for any section symbols we have already
3409 decided to output. */
3410 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
3412 asymbol
*sym
= syms
[idx
];
3414 if ((sym
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0
3415 && !ignore_section_sym (abfd
, sym
))
3417 asection
*sec
= sym
->section
;
3419 if (sec
->owner
!= abfd
)
3420 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
3422 sect_syms
[sec
->index
] = syms
[idx
];
3426 /* Classify all of the symbols. */
3427 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
3429 if (ignore_section_sym (abfd
, syms
[idx
]))
3431 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, syms
[idx
]))
3437 /* We will be adding a section symbol for each normal BFD section. Most
3438 sections will already have a section symbol in outsymbols, but
3439 eg. SHT_GROUP sections will not, and we need the section symbol mapped
3440 at least in that case. */
3441 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
3443 if (sect_syms
[asect
->index
] == NULL
)
3445 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, asect
->symbol
))
3452 /* Now sort the symbols so the local symbols are first. */
3453 new_syms
= bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, num_locals
+ num_globals
, sizeof (asymbol
*));
3455 if (new_syms
== NULL
)
3458 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
3460 asymbol
*sym
= syms
[idx
];
3463 if (ignore_section_sym (abfd
, sym
))
3465 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, sym
))
3468 i
= num_locals
+ num_globals2
++;
3470 sym
->udata
.i
= i
+ 1;
3472 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
3474 if (sect_syms
[asect
->index
] == NULL
)
3476 asymbol
*sym
= asect
->symbol
;
3479 sect_syms
[asect
->index
] = sym
;
3480 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, sym
))
3483 i
= num_locals
+ num_globals2
++;
3485 sym
->udata
.i
= i
+ 1;
3489 bfd_set_symtab (abfd
, new_syms
, num_locals
+ num_globals
);
3491 elf_num_locals (abfd
) = num_locals
;
3492 elf_num_globals (abfd
) = num_globals
;
3496 /* Align to the maximum file alignment that could be required for any
3497 ELF data structure. */
3499 static inline file_ptr
3500 align_file_position (file_ptr off
, int align
)
3502 return (off
+ align
- 1) & ~(align
- 1);
3505 /* Assign a file position to a section, optionally aligning to the
3506 required section alignment. */
3509 _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*i_shdrp
,
3517 al
= i_shdrp
->sh_addralign
;
3519 offset
= BFD_ALIGN (offset
, al
);
3521 i_shdrp
->sh_offset
= offset
;
3522 if (i_shdrp
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
3523 i_shdrp
->bfd_section
->filepos
= offset
;
3524 if (i_shdrp
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
3525 offset
+= i_shdrp
->sh_size
;
3529 /* Compute the file positions we are going to put the sections at, and
3530 otherwise prepare to begin writing out the ELF file. If LINK_INFO
3531 is not NULL, this is being called by the ELF backend linker. */
3534 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (bfd
*abfd
,
3535 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
3537 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3539 struct bfd_strtab_hash
*strtab
= NULL
;
3540 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shstrtab_hdr
;
3542 if (abfd
->output_has_begun
)
3545 /* Do any elf backend specific processing first. */
3546 if (bed
->elf_backend_begin_write_processing
)
3547 (*bed
->elf_backend_begin_write_processing
) (abfd
, link_info
);
3549 if (! prep_headers (abfd
))
3552 /* Post process the headers if necessary. */
3553 if (bed
->elf_backend_post_process_headers
)
3554 (*bed
->elf_backend_post_process_headers
) (abfd
, link_info
);
3557 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, elf_fake_sections
, &failed
);
3561 if (!assign_section_numbers (abfd
, link_info
))
3564 /* The backend linker builds symbol table information itself. */
3565 if (link_info
== NULL
&& bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0)
3567 /* Non-zero if doing a relocatable link. */
3568 int relocatable_p
= ! (abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
));
3570 if (! swap_out_syms (abfd
, &strtab
, relocatable_p
))
3574 if (link_info
== NULL
)
3576 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, bfd_elf_set_group_contents
, &failed
);
3581 shstrtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
;
3582 /* sh_name was set in prep_headers. */
3583 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
3584 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_flags
= 0;
3585 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
3586 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
3587 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
3588 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
3589 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_info
= 0;
3590 /* sh_offset is set in assign_file_positions_except_relocs. */
3591 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1;
3593 if (!assign_file_positions_except_relocs (abfd
, link_info
))
3596 if (link_info
== NULL
&& bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0)
3599 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
3601 off
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
;
3603 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
3604 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
3606 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_shndx_hdr
;
3607 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
3608 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
3610 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
3611 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
3613 elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
= off
;
3615 /* Now that we know where the .strtab section goes, write it
3617 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
3618 || ! _bfd_stringtab_emit (abfd
, strtab
))
3620 _bfd_stringtab_free (strtab
);
3623 abfd
->output_has_begun
= TRUE
;
3628 /* Make an initial estimate of the size of the program header. If we
3629 get the number wrong here, we'll redo section placement. */
3631 static bfd_size_type
3632 get_program_header_size (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3636 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3638 /* Assume we will need exactly two PT_LOAD segments: one for text
3639 and one for data. */
3642 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp");
3643 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
3645 /* If we have a loadable interpreter section, we need a
3646 PT_INTERP segment. In this case, assume we also need a
3647 PT_PHDR segment, although that may not be true for all
3652 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") != NULL
)
3654 /* We need a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
3657 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->relro
)
3659 /* We need a PT_GNU_RELRO segment only when there is a
3660 PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
3665 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->eh_frame_hdr
)
3667 /* We need a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME segment. */
3671 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->stack_flags
)
3673 /* We need a PT_GNU_STACK segment. */
3677 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
3679 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
3680 && CONST_STRNEQ (s
->name
, ".note"))
3682 /* We need a PT_NOTE segment. */
3687 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
3689 if (s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
3691 /* We need a PT_TLS segment. */
3697 /* Let the backend count up any program headers it might need. */
3698 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3699 if (bed
->elf_backend_additional_program_headers
)
3703 a
= (*bed
->elf_backend_additional_program_headers
) (abfd
, info
);
3709 return segs
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
3712 /* Create a mapping from a set of sections to a program segment. */
3714 static struct elf_segment_map
*
3715 make_mapping (bfd
*abfd
,
3716 asection
**sections
,
3721 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
3726 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
3727 amt
+= (to
- from
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
3728 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
3732 m
->p_type
= PT_LOAD
;
3733 for (i
= from
, hdrpp
= sections
+ from
; i
< to
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
3734 m
->sections
[i
- from
] = *hdrpp
;
3735 m
->count
= to
- from
;
3737 if (from
== 0 && phdr
)
3739 /* Include the headers in the first PT_LOAD segment. */
3740 m
->includes_filehdr
= 1;
3741 m
->includes_phdrs
= 1;
3747 /* Create the PT_DYNAMIC segment, which includes DYNSEC. Returns NULL
3750 struct elf_segment_map
*
3751 _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*dynsec
)
3753 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
3755 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
));
3759 m
->p_type
= PT_DYNAMIC
;
3761 m
->sections
[0] = dynsec
;
3766 /* Possibly add or remove segments from the segment map. */
3769 elf_modify_segment_map (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3771 struct elf_segment_map
**m
;
3772 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3774 /* The placement algorithm assumes that non allocated sections are
3775 not in PT_LOAD segments. We ensure this here by removing such
3776 sections from the segment map. We also remove excluded
3777 sections. Finally, any PT_LOAD segment without sections is
3779 m
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
;
3782 unsigned int i
, new_count
;
3784 for (new_count
= 0, i
= 0; i
< (*m
)->count
; i
++)
3786 if (((*m
)->sections
[i
]->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0
3787 && (((*m
)->sections
[i
]->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
3788 || (*m
)->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
))
3790 (*m
)->sections
[new_count
] = (*m
)->sections
[i
];
3794 (*m
)->count
= new_count
;
3796 if ((*m
)->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& (*m
)->count
== 0)
3802 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3803 if (bed
->elf_backend_modify_segment_map
!= NULL
)
3805 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_modify_segment_map
) (abfd
, info
))
3812 /* Set up a mapping from BFD sections to program segments. */
3815 _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3818 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
3819 asection
**sections
= NULL
;
3820 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3822 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
== NULL
3823 && bfd_count_sections (abfd
) != 0)
3827 struct elf_segment_map
*mfirst
;
3828 struct elf_segment_map
**pm
;
3831 unsigned int phdr_index
;
3832 bfd_vma maxpagesize
;
3834 bfd_boolean phdr_in_segment
= TRUE
;
3835 bfd_boolean writable
;
3837 asection
*first_tls
= NULL
;
3838 asection
*dynsec
, *eh_frame_hdr
;
3841 /* Select the allocated sections, and sort them. */
3843 sections
= bfd_malloc2 (bfd_count_sections (abfd
), sizeof (asection
*));
3844 if (sections
== NULL
)
3848 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
3850 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
3856 BFD_ASSERT (i
<= bfd_count_sections (abfd
));
3859 qsort (sections
, (size_t) count
, sizeof (asection
*), elf_sort_sections
);
3861 /* Build the mapping. */
3866 /* If we have a .interp section, then create a PT_PHDR segment for
3867 the program headers and a PT_INTERP segment for the .interp
3869 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp");
3870 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
3872 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
3873 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
3877 m
->p_type
= PT_PHDR
;
3878 /* FIXME: UnixWare and Solaris set PF_X, Irix 5 does not. */
3879 m
->p_flags
= PF_R
| PF_X
;
3880 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
3881 m
->includes_phdrs
= 1;
3886 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
3887 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
3891 m
->p_type
= PT_INTERP
;
3899 /* Look through the sections. We put sections in the same program
3900 segment when the start of the second section can be placed within
3901 a few bytes of the end of the first section. */
3905 maxpagesize
= bed
->maxpagesize
;
3907 dynsec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
3909 && (dynsec
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0)
3912 /* Deal with -Ttext or something similar such that the first section
3913 is not adjacent to the program headers. This is an
3914 approximation, since at this point we don't know exactly how many
3915 program headers we will need. */
3918 bfd_size_type phdr_size
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
;
3920 if (phdr_size
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
3921 phdr_size
= get_program_header_size (abfd
, info
);
3922 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0
3923 || sections
[0]->lma
< phdr_size
3924 || sections
[0]->lma
% maxpagesize
< phdr_size
% maxpagesize
)
3925 phdr_in_segment
= FALSE
;
3928 for (i
= 0, hdrpp
= sections
; i
< count
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
3931 bfd_boolean new_segment
;
3935 /* See if this section and the last one will fit in the same
3938 if (last_hdr
== NULL
)
3940 /* If we don't have a segment yet, then we don't need a new
3941 one (we build the last one after this loop). */
3942 new_segment
= FALSE
;
3944 else if (last_hdr
->lma
- last_hdr
->vma
!= hdr
->lma
- hdr
->vma
)
3946 /* If this section has a different relation between the
3947 virtual address and the load address, then we need a new
3951 else if (BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
, maxpagesize
)
3952 < BFD_ALIGN (hdr
->lma
, maxpagesize
))
3954 /* If putting this section in this segment would force us to
3955 skip a page in the segment, then we need a new segment. */
3958 else if ((last_hdr
->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)) == 0
3959 && (hdr
->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)) != 0)
3961 /* We don't want to put a loadable section after a
3962 nonloadable section in the same segment.
3963 Consider .tbss sections as loadable for this purpose. */
3966 else if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0)
3968 /* If the file is not demand paged, which means that we
3969 don't require the sections to be correctly aligned in the
3970 file, then there is no other reason for a new segment. */
3971 new_segment
= FALSE
;
3974 && (hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0
3975 && (((last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
- 1)
3976 & ~(maxpagesize
- 1))
3977 != (hdr
->lma
& ~(maxpagesize
- 1))))
3979 /* We don't want to put a writable section in a read only
3980 segment, unless they are on the same page in memory
3981 anyhow. We already know that the last section does not
3982 bring us past the current section on the page, so the
3983 only case in which the new section is not on the same
3984 page as the previous section is when the previous section
3985 ends precisely on a page boundary. */
3990 /* Otherwise, we can use the same segment. */
3991 new_segment
= FALSE
;
3994 /* Allow interested parties a chance to override our decision. */
3995 if (last_hdr
&& info
->callbacks
->override_segment_assignment
)
3996 new_segment
= info
->callbacks
->override_segment_assignment (info
, abfd
, hdr
, last_hdr
, new_segment
);
4000 if ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
4003 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
4004 if ((hdr
->flags
& (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
| SEC_LOAD
))
4005 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
4006 last_size
= hdr
->size
;
4012 /* We need a new program segment. We must create a new program
4013 header holding all the sections from phdr_index until hdr. */
4015 m
= make_mapping (abfd
, sections
, phdr_index
, i
, phdr_in_segment
);
4022 if ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
4028 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
4029 if ((hdr
->flags
& (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
| SEC_LOAD
)) != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
4030 last_size
= hdr
->size
;
4034 phdr_in_segment
= FALSE
;
4037 /* Create a final PT_LOAD program segment. */
4038 if (last_hdr
!= NULL
)
4040 m
= make_mapping (abfd
, sections
, phdr_index
, i
, phdr_in_segment
);
4048 /* If there is a .dynamic section, throw in a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
4051 m
= _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (abfd
, dynsec
);
4058 /* For each loadable .note section, add a PT_NOTE segment. We don't
4059 use bfd_get_section_by_name, because if we link together
4060 nonloadable .note sections and loadable .note sections, we will
4061 generate two .note sections in the output file. FIXME: Using
4062 names for section types is bogus anyhow. */
4063 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4065 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
4066 && CONST_STRNEQ (s
->name
, ".note"))
4068 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4069 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4073 m
->p_type
= PT_NOTE
;
4080 if (s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
4088 /* If there are any SHF_TLS output sections, add PT_TLS segment. */
4093 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4094 amt
+= (tls_count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
4095 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4100 m
->count
= tls_count
;
4101 /* Mandated PF_R. */
4103 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
4104 for (i
= 0; i
< tls_count
; ++i
)
4106 BFD_ASSERT (first_tls
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
);
4107 m
->sections
[i
] = first_tls
;
4108 first_tls
= first_tls
->next
;
4115 /* If there is a .eh_frame_hdr section, throw in a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
4117 eh_frame_hdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->eh_frame_hdr
;
4118 if (eh_frame_hdr
!= NULL
4119 && (eh_frame_hdr
->output_section
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
4121 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4122 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4126 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
;
4128 m
->sections
[0] = eh_frame_hdr
->output_section
;
4134 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->stack_flags
)
4136 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4137 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4141 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_STACK
;
4142 m
->p_flags
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->stack_flags
;
4143 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
4149 if (dynsec
!= NULL
&& elf_tdata (abfd
)->relro
)
4151 /* We make a PT_GNU_RELRO segment only when there is a
4152 PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
4153 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4154 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4158 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_RELRO
;
4160 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
4167 elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
= mfirst
;
4170 if (!elf_modify_segment_map (abfd
, info
))
4173 for (count
= 0, m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
4175 elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
= count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4180 if (sections
!= NULL
)
4185 /* Sort sections by address. */
4188 elf_sort_sections (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
4190 const asection
*sec1
= *(const asection
**) arg1
;
4191 const asection
*sec2
= *(const asection
**) arg2
;
4192 bfd_size_type size1
, size2
;
4194 /* Sort by LMA first, since this is the address used to
4195 place the section into a segment. */
4196 if (sec1
->lma
< sec2
->lma
)
4198 else if (sec1
->lma
> sec2
->lma
)
4201 /* Then sort by VMA. Normally the LMA and the VMA will be
4202 the same, and this will do nothing. */
4203 if (sec1
->vma
< sec2
->vma
)
4205 else if (sec1
->vma
> sec2
->vma
)
4208 /* Put !SEC_LOAD sections after SEC_LOAD ones. */
4210 #define TOEND(x) (((x)->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == 0)
4216 /* If the indicies are the same, do not return 0
4217 here, but continue to try the next comparison. */
4218 if (sec1
->target_index
- sec2
->target_index
!= 0)
4219 return sec1
->target_index
- sec2
->target_index
;
4224 else if (TOEND (sec2
))
4229 /* Sort by size, to put zero sized sections
4230 before others at the same address. */
4232 size1
= (sec1
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) ? sec1
->size
: 0;
4233 size2
= (sec2
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) ? sec2
->size
: 0;
4240 return sec1
->target_index
- sec2
->target_index
;
4243 /* Ian Lance Taylor writes:
4245 We shouldn't be using % with a negative signed number. That's just
4246 not good. We have to make sure either that the number is not
4247 negative, or that the number has an unsigned type. When the types
4248 are all the same size they wind up as unsigned. When file_ptr is a
4249 larger signed type, the arithmetic winds up as signed long long,
4252 What we're trying to say here is something like ``increase OFF by
4253 the least amount that will cause it to be equal to the VMA modulo
4255 /* In other words, something like:
4257 vma_offset = m->sections[0]->vma % bed->maxpagesize;
4258 off_offset = off % bed->maxpagesize;
4259 if (vma_offset < off_offset)
4260 adjustment = vma_offset + bed->maxpagesize - off_offset;
4262 adjustment = vma_offset - off_offset;
4264 which can can be collapsed into the expression below. */
4267 vma_page_aligned_bias (bfd_vma vma
, ufile_ptr off
, bfd_vma maxpagesize
)
4269 return ((vma
- off
) % maxpagesize
);
4272 /* Assign file positions to the sections based on the mapping from
4273 sections to segments. This function also sets up some fields in
4277 assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (bfd
*abfd
,
4278 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
4280 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4281 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4282 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdrs
;
4283 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
4285 bfd_size_type maxpagesize
;
4289 if (link_info
== NULL
4290 && !elf_modify_segment_map (abfd
, link_info
))
4294 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
4297 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phoff
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4298 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phentsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4299 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
= alloc
;
4301 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
4302 elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4304 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
4305 >= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
);
4309 elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4313 phdrs
= bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, alloc
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr
));
4314 elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
= phdrs
;
4319 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0)
4320 maxpagesize
= bed
->maxpagesize
;
4322 off
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4323 off
+= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4325 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
, p
= phdrs
, j
= 0;
4327 m
= m
->next
, p
++, j
++)
4331 bfd_boolean no_contents
;
4333 /* If elf_segment_map is not from map_sections_to_segments, the
4334 sections may not be correctly ordered. NOTE: sorting should
4335 not be done to the PT_NOTE section of a corefile, which may
4336 contain several pseudo-sections artificially created by bfd.
4337 Sorting these pseudo-sections breaks things badly. */
4339 && !(elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_type
== ET_CORE
4340 && m
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
))
4341 qsort (m
->sections
, (size_t) m
->count
, sizeof (asection
*),
4344 /* An ELF segment (described by Elf_Internal_Phdr) may contain a
4345 number of sections with contents contributing to both p_filesz
4346 and p_memsz, followed by a number of sections with no contents
4347 that just contribute to p_memsz. In this loop, OFF tracks next
4348 available file offset for PT_LOAD and PT_NOTE segments. */
4349 p
->p_type
= m
->p_type
;
4350 p
->p_flags
= m
->p_flags
;
4355 p
->p_vaddr
= m
->sections
[0]->vma
- m
->p_vaddr_offset
;
4357 if (m
->p_paddr_valid
)
4358 p
->p_paddr
= m
->p_paddr
;
4359 else if (m
->count
== 0)
4362 p
->p_paddr
= m
->sections
[0]->lma
;
4364 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4365 && (abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0)
4367 /* p_align in demand paged PT_LOAD segments effectively stores
4368 the maximum page size. When copying an executable with
4369 objcopy, we set m->p_align from the input file. Use this
4370 value for maxpagesize rather than bed->maxpagesize, which
4371 may be different. Note that we use maxpagesize for PT_TLS
4372 segment alignment later in this function, so we are relying
4373 on at least one PT_LOAD segment appearing before a PT_TLS
4375 if (m
->p_align_valid
)
4376 maxpagesize
= m
->p_align
;
4378 p
->p_align
= maxpagesize
;
4380 else if (m
->count
== 0)
4381 p
->p_align
= 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
4382 else if (m
->p_align_valid
)
4383 p
->p_align
= m
->p_align
;
4387 no_contents
= FALSE
;
4389 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4392 bfd_size_type align
;
4393 unsigned int align_power
= 0;
4395 if (m
->p_align_valid
)
4399 for (i
= 0, secpp
= m
->sections
; i
< m
->count
; i
++, secpp
++)
4401 unsigned int secalign
;
4403 secalign
= bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd
, *secpp
);
4404 if (secalign
> align_power
)
4405 align_power
= secalign
;
4407 align
= (bfd_size_type
) 1 << align_power
;
4408 if (align
< maxpagesize
)
4409 align
= maxpagesize
;
4412 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
4413 if ((m
->sections
[i
]->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
)) == 0)
4414 /* If we aren't making room for this section, then
4415 it must be SHT_NOBITS regardless of what we've
4416 set via struct bfd_elf_special_section. */
4417 elf_section_type (m
->sections
[i
]) = SHT_NOBITS
;
4419 /* Find out whether this segment contains any loadable
4420 sections. If the first section isn't loadable, the same
4421 holds for any other sections. */
4423 while (elf_section_type (m
->sections
[i
]) == SHT_NOBITS
)
4425 /* If a segment starts with .tbss, we need to look
4426 at the next section to decide whether the segment
4427 has any loadable sections. */
4428 if ((elf_section_flags (m
->sections
[i
]) & SHF_TLS
) == 0
4436 off_adjust
= vma_page_aligned_bias (m
->sections
[0]->vma
, off
, align
);
4440 /* We shouldn't need to align the segment on disk since
4441 the segment doesn't need file space, but the gABI
4442 arguably requires the alignment and glibc ld.so
4443 checks it. So to comply with the alignment
4444 requirement but not waste file space, we adjust
4445 p_offset for just this segment. (OFF_ADJUST is
4446 subtracted from OFF later.) This may put p_offset
4447 past the end of file, but that shouldn't matter. */
4452 /* Make sure the .dynamic section is the first section in the
4453 PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
4454 else if (p
->p_type
== PT_DYNAMIC
4456 && strcmp (m
->sections
[0]->name
, ".dynamic") != 0)
4459 (_("%B: The first section in the PT_DYNAMIC segment is not the .dynamic section"),
4461 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4469 if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
4471 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
4473 p
->p_filesz
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4474 p
->p_memsz
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4477 BFD_ASSERT (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
);
4479 if (p
->p_vaddr
< (bfd_vma
) off
)
4481 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4482 (_("%B: Not enough room for program headers, try linking with -N"),
4484 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4489 if (!m
->p_paddr_valid
)
4494 if (m
->includes_phdrs
)
4496 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
4499 if (!m
->includes_filehdr
)
4501 p
->p_offset
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4505 BFD_ASSERT (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
);
4506 p
->p_vaddr
-= off
- p
->p_offset
;
4507 if (!m
->p_paddr_valid
)
4508 p
->p_paddr
-= off
- p
->p_offset
;
4512 p
->p_filesz
+= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4513 p
->p_memsz
+= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4516 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4517 || (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
&& bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
))
4519 if (!m
->includes_filehdr
&& !m
->includes_phdrs
)
4525 adjust
= off
- (p
->p_offset
+ p
->p_filesz
);
4527 p
->p_filesz
+= adjust
;
4528 p
->p_memsz
+= adjust
;
4532 /* Set up p_filesz, p_memsz, p_align and p_flags from the section
4533 maps. Set filepos for sections in PT_LOAD segments, and in
4534 core files, for sections in PT_NOTE segments.
4535 assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections will set filepos
4536 for other sections and update p_filesz for other segments. */
4537 for (i
= 0, secpp
= m
->sections
; i
< m
->count
; i
++, secpp
++)
4540 bfd_size_type align
;
4541 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
4544 this_hdr
= &elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
;
4545 align
= (bfd_size_type
) 1 << bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd
, sec
);
4547 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4548 || p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
)
4550 bfd_signed_vma adjust
= sec
->lma
- (p
->p_paddr
+ p
->p_memsz
);
4552 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
4553 || ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0
4554 && ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) == 0
4555 || p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
)))
4559 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4560 (_("%B: section %A lma 0x%lx overlaps previous sections"),
4561 abfd
, sec
, (unsigned long) sec
->lma
);
4564 p
->p_memsz
+= adjust
;
4566 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
4569 p
->p_filesz
+= adjust
;
4574 if (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
&& bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
)
4576 /* The section at i == 0 is the one that actually contains
4580 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= sec
->filepos
= off
;
4582 p
->p_filesz
= sec
->size
;
4588 /* The rest are fake sections that shouldn't be written. */
4597 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
4599 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= sec
->filepos
= off
;
4600 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
4604 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
4606 p
->p_filesz
+= sec
->size
;
4607 /* A load section without SHF_ALLOC is something like
4608 a note section in a PT_NOTE segment. These take
4609 file space but are not loaded into memory. */
4610 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
4611 p
->p_memsz
+= sec
->size
;
4614 /* .tbss is special. It doesn't contribute to p_memsz of
4616 else if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0
4617 && ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) == 0
4618 || p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
))
4619 p
->p_memsz
+= sec
->size
;
4621 if (p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
4623 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
4625 struct bfd_link_order
*o
= sec
->map_tail
.link_order
;
4627 p
->p_memsz
+= o
->offset
+ o
->size
;
4630 if (p
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
)
4632 else if (align
> p
->p_align
4633 && !m
->p_align_valid
4634 && (p
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
4635 || (abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0))
4639 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
4642 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXECINSTR
) != 0)
4644 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_WRITE
) != 0)
4650 /* Check that all sections are in a PT_LOAD segment.
4651 Don't check funky gdb generated core files. */
4652 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_core
)
4653 for (i
= 0, secpp
= m
->sections
; i
< m
->count
; i
++, secpp
++)
4655 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
4659 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(sec
)->this_hdr
);
4660 if (this_hdr
->sh_size
!= 0
4661 && !ELF_IS_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_FILE (this_hdr
, p
))
4663 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4664 (_("%B: section `%A' can't be allocated in segment %d"),
4666 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4672 elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
= off
;
4676 /* Assign file positions for the other sections. */
4679 assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (bfd
*abfd
,
4680 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
4682 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4683 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrpp
;
4684 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
;
4685 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdrs
;
4686 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
4687 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4688 bfd_vma filehdr_vaddr
, filehdr_paddr
;
4689 bfd_vma phdrs_vaddr
, phdrs_paddr
;
4691 unsigned int num_sec
;
4695 i_shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
4696 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
4697 off
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
;
4698 for (i
= 1, hdrpp
= i_shdrpp
+ 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
4700 struct elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
4701 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
4704 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
4705 && (hdr
->bfd_section
->filepos
!= 0
4706 || (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
4707 && hdr
->contents
== NULL
)))
4708 BFD_ASSERT (hdr
->sh_offset
== hdr
->bfd_section
->filepos
);
4709 else if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
4711 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
4712 ((*_bfd_error_handler
)
4713 (_("%B: warning: allocated section `%s' not in segment"),
4715 (hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
4717 : hdr
->bfd_section
->name
)));
4718 /* We don't need to page align empty sections. */
4719 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0 && hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
4720 off
+= vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr
->sh_addr
, off
,
4723 off
+= vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr
->sh_addr
, off
,
4725 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
,
4728 else if (((hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
|| hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
4729 && hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
)
4730 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[tdata
->symtab_section
]
4731 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[tdata
->symtab_shndx_section
]
4732 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[tdata
->strtab_section
])
4733 hdr
->sh_offset
= -1;
4735 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
4737 if (i
== SHN_LORESERVE
- 1)
4739 i
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
4740 hdrpp
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
4744 /* Now that we have set the section file positions, we can set up
4745 the file positions for the non PT_LOAD segments. */
4749 phdrs_vaddr
= bed
->maxpagesize
+ bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4751 phdrs
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
4752 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
, p
= phdrs
;
4757 if (p
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
4760 if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
4762 filehdr_vaddr
= p
->p_vaddr
;
4763 filehdr_paddr
= p
->p_paddr
;
4765 if (m
->includes_phdrs
)
4767 phdrs_vaddr
= p
->p_vaddr
;
4768 phdrs_paddr
= p
->p_paddr
;
4769 if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
4771 phdrs_vaddr
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4772 phdrs_paddr
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4777 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
, p
= phdrs
;
4783 if (p
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
4784 && (p
->p_type
!= PT_NOTE
|| bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_core
))
4786 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
4787 BFD_ASSERT (!m
->includes_filehdr
&& !m
->includes_phdrs
);
4789 hdr
= &elf_section_data (m
->sections
[m
->count
- 1])->this_hdr
;
4790 p
->p_filesz
= (m
->sections
[m
->count
- 1]->filepos
4791 - m
->sections
[0]->filepos
);
4792 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
4793 p
->p_filesz
+= hdr
->sh_size
;
4795 p
->p_offset
= m
->sections
[0]->filepos
;
4800 if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
4802 p
->p_vaddr
= filehdr_vaddr
;
4803 if (! m
->p_paddr_valid
)
4804 p
->p_paddr
= filehdr_paddr
;
4806 else if (m
->includes_phdrs
)
4808 p
->p_vaddr
= phdrs_vaddr
;
4809 if (! m
->p_paddr_valid
)
4810 p
->p_paddr
= phdrs_paddr
;
4812 else if (p
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
)
4814 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*lp
;
4816 for (lp
= phdrs
; lp
< phdrs
+ count
; ++lp
)
4818 if (lp
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4819 && lp
->p_vaddr
<= link_info
->relro_end
4820 && lp
->p_vaddr
>= link_info
->relro_start
4821 && (lp
->p_vaddr
+ lp
->p_filesz
4822 >= link_info
->relro_end
))
4826 if (lp
< phdrs
+ count
4827 && link_info
->relro_end
> lp
->p_vaddr
)
4829 p
->p_vaddr
= lp
->p_vaddr
;
4830 p
->p_paddr
= lp
->p_paddr
;
4831 p
->p_offset
= lp
->p_offset
;
4832 p
->p_filesz
= link_info
->relro_end
- lp
->p_vaddr
;
4833 p
->p_memsz
= p
->p_filesz
;
4835 p
->p_flags
= (lp
->p_flags
& ~PF_W
);
4839 memset (p
, 0, sizeof *p
);
4840 p
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
4846 elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
= off
;
4851 /* Work out the file positions of all the sections. This is called by
4852 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions. All the section sizes and
4853 VMAs must be known before this is called.
4855 Reloc sections come in two flavours: Those processed specially as
4856 "side-channel" data attached to a section to which they apply, and
4857 those that bfd doesn't process as relocations. The latter sort are
4858 stored in a normal bfd section by bfd_section_from_shdr. We don't
4859 consider the former sort here, unless they form part of the loadable
4860 image. Reloc sections not assigned here will be handled later by
4861 assign_file_positions_for_relocs.
4863 We also don't set the positions of the .symtab and .strtab here. */
4866 assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd
*abfd
,
4867 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
4869 struct elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
4870 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
4872 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4874 if ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
)) == 0
4875 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_core
)
4877 Elf_Internal_Shdr
** const i_shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
4878 unsigned int num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
4879 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
;
4882 /* Start after the ELF header. */
4883 off
= i_ehdrp
->e_ehsize
;
4885 /* We are not creating an executable, which means that we are
4886 not creating a program header, and that the actual order of
4887 the sections in the file is unimportant. */
4888 for (i
= 1, hdrpp
= i_shdrpp
+ 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
4890 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
4893 if (((hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
|| hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
4894 && hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
)
4895 || i
== tdata
->symtab_section
4896 || i
== tdata
->symtab_shndx_section
4897 || i
== tdata
->strtab_section
)
4899 hdr
->sh_offset
= -1;
4902 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
4904 if (i
== SHN_LORESERVE
- 1)
4906 i
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
4907 hdrpp
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
4915 /* Assign file positions for the loaded sections based on the
4916 assignment of sections to segments. */
4917 if (!assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (abfd
, link_info
))
4920 /* And for non-load sections. */
4921 if (!assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (abfd
, link_info
))
4924 if (bed
->elf_backend_modify_program_headers
!= NULL
)
4926 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_modify_program_headers
) (abfd
, link_info
))
4930 /* Write out the program headers. */
4931 alloc
= tdata
->program_header_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4932 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, (bfd_signed_vma
) bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
4933 || bed
->s
->write_out_phdrs (abfd
, tdata
->phdr
, alloc
) != 0)
4936 off
= tdata
->next_file_pos
;
4939 /* Place the section headers. */
4940 off
= align_file_position (off
, 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
);
4941 i_ehdrp
->e_shoff
= off
;
4942 off
+= i_ehdrp
->e_shnum
* i_ehdrp
->e_shentsize
;
4944 tdata
->next_file_pos
= off
;
4950 prep_headers (bfd
*abfd
)
4952 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
; /* Elf file header, internal form */
4953 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*i_phdrp
= 0; /* Program header table, internal form */
4954 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
; /* Section header table, internal form */
4955 struct elf_strtab_hash
*shstrtab
;
4956 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4958 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
4959 i_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
4961 shstrtab
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
4962 if (shstrtab
== NULL
)
4965 elf_shstrtab (abfd
) = shstrtab
;
4967 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG0
] = ELFMAG0
;
4968 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG1
] = ELFMAG1
;
4969 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG2
] = ELFMAG2
;
4970 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG3
] = ELFMAG3
;
4972 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] = bed
->s
->elfclass
;
4973 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_DATA
] =
4974 bfd_big_endian (abfd
) ? ELFDATA2MSB
: ELFDATA2LSB
;
4975 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_VERSION
] = bed
->s
->ev_current
;
4977 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
4978 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_DYN
;
4979 else if ((abfd
->flags
& EXEC_P
) != 0)
4980 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_EXEC
;
4981 else if (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
)
4982 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_CORE
;
4984 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_REL
;
4986 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd
))
4988 case bfd_arch_unknown
:
4989 i_ehdrp
->e_machine
= EM_NONE
;
4992 /* There used to be a long list of cases here, each one setting
4993 e_machine to the same EM_* macro #defined as ELF_MACHINE_CODE
4994 in the corresponding bfd definition. To avoid duplication,
4995 the switch was removed. Machines that need special handling
4996 can generally do it in elf_backend_final_write_processing(),
4997 unless they need the information earlier than the final write.
4998 Such need can generally be supplied by replacing the tests for
4999 e_machine with the conditions used to determine it. */
5001 i_ehdrp
->e_machine
= bed
->elf_machine_code
;
5004 i_ehdrp
->e_version
= bed
->s
->ev_current
;
5005 i_ehdrp
->e_ehsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5007 /* No program header, for now. */
5008 i_ehdrp
->e_phoff
= 0;
5009 i_ehdrp
->e_phentsize
= 0;
5010 i_ehdrp
->e_phnum
= 0;
5012 /* Each bfd section is section header entry. */
5013 i_ehdrp
->e_entry
= bfd_get_start_address (abfd
);
5014 i_ehdrp
->e_shentsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_shdr
;
5016 /* If we're building an executable, we'll need a program header table. */
5017 if (abfd
->flags
& EXEC_P
)
5018 /* It all happens later. */
5022 i_ehdrp
->e_phentsize
= 0;
5024 i_ehdrp
->e_phoff
= 0;
5027 elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
5028 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".symtab", FALSE
);
5029 elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
5030 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".strtab", FALSE
);
5031 elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
5032 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".shstrtab", FALSE
);
5033 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1
5034 || elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1
5035 || elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
5041 /* Assign file positions for all the reloc sections which are not part
5042 of the loadable file image. */
5045 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_relocs (bfd
*abfd
)
5048 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
5049 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**shdrpp
;
5051 off
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
;
5053 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
5054 for (i
= 1, shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
) + 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++, shdrpp
++)
5056 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdrp
;
5059 if ((shdrp
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
|| shdrp
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
5060 && shdrp
->sh_offset
== -1)
5061 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (shdrp
, off
, TRUE
);
5064 elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
= off
;
5068 _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (bfd
*abfd
)
5070 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5071 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
;
5072 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
5074 unsigned int count
, num_sec
;
5076 if (! abfd
->output_has_begun
5077 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd
, NULL
))
5080 i_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
5081 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
5084 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, bed
->s
->write_relocs
, &failed
);
5088 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_relocs (abfd
);
5090 /* After writing the headers, we need to write the sections too... */
5091 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
5092 for (count
= 1; count
< num_sec
; count
++)
5094 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_processing
)
5095 (*bed
->elf_backend_section_processing
) (abfd
, i_shdrp
[count
]);
5096 if (i_shdrp
[count
]->contents
)
5098 bfd_size_type amt
= i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_size
;
5100 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
5101 || bfd_bwrite (i_shdrp
[count
]->contents
, amt
, abfd
) != amt
)
5104 if (count
== SHN_LORESERVE
- 1)
5105 count
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
5108 /* Write out the section header names. */
5109 if (elf_shstrtab (abfd
) != NULL
5110 && (bfd_seek (abfd
, elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
5111 || ! _bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd
, elf_shstrtab (abfd
))))
5114 if (bed
->elf_backend_final_write_processing
)
5115 (*bed
->elf_backend_final_write_processing
) (abfd
,
5116 elf_tdata (abfd
)->linker
);
5118 return bed
->s
->write_shdrs_and_ehdr (abfd
);
5122 _bfd_elf_write_corefile_contents (bfd
*abfd
)
5124 /* Hopefully this can be done just like an object file. */
5125 return _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (abfd
);
5128 /* Given a section, search the header to find them. */
5131 _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_section
*asect
)
5133 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
5136 if (elf_section_data (asect
) != NULL
5137 && elf_section_data (asect
)->this_idx
!= 0)
5138 return elf_section_data (asect
)->this_idx
;
5140 if (bfd_is_abs_section (asect
))
5142 else if (bfd_is_com_section (asect
))
5144 else if (bfd_is_und_section (asect
))
5149 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5150 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section
)
5154 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section
) (abfd
, asect
, &retval
))
5159 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
5164 /* Given a BFD symbol, return the index in the ELF symbol table, or -1
5168 _bfd_elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**asym_ptr_ptr
)
5170 asymbol
*asym_ptr
= *asym_ptr_ptr
;
5172 flagword flags
= asym_ptr
->flags
;
5174 /* When gas creates relocations against local labels, it creates its
5175 own symbol for the section, but does put the symbol into the
5176 symbol chain, so udata is 0. When the linker is generating
5177 relocatable output, this section symbol may be for one of the
5178 input sections rather than the output section. */
5179 if (asym_ptr
->udata
.i
== 0
5180 && (flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
5181 && asym_ptr
->section
)
5186 sec
= asym_ptr
->section
;
5187 if (sec
->owner
!= abfd
&& sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
5188 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
5189 if (sec
->owner
== abfd
5190 && (indx
= sec
->index
) < elf_num_section_syms (abfd
)
5191 && elf_section_syms (abfd
)[indx
] != NULL
)
5192 asym_ptr
->udata
.i
= elf_section_syms (abfd
)[indx
]->udata
.i
;
5195 idx
= asym_ptr
->udata
.i
;
5199 /* This case can occur when using --strip-symbol on a symbol
5200 which is used in a relocation entry. */
5201 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
5202 (_("%B: symbol `%s' required but not present"),
5203 abfd
, bfd_asymbol_name (asym_ptr
));
5204 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_symbols
);
5211 "elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol 0x%.8lx, name = %s, sym num = %d, flags = 0x%.8lx%s\n",
5212 (long) asym_ptr
, asym_ptr
->name
, idx
, flags
,
5213 elf_symbol_flags (flags
));
5221 /* Rewrite program header information. */
5224 rewrite_elf_program_header (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
5226 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*iehdr
;
5227 struct elf_segment_map
*map
;
5228 struct elf_segment_map
*map_first
;
5229 struct elf_segment_map
**pointer_to_map
;
5230 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
5233 unsigned int num_segments
;
5234 bfd_boolean phdr_included
= FALSE
;
5235 bfd_vma maxpagesize
;
5236 struct elf_segment_map
*phdr_adjust_seg
= NULL
;
5237 unsigned int phdr_adjust_num
= 0;
5238 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
5240 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (ibfd
);
5241 iehdr
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
);
5244 pointer_to_map
= &map_first
;
5246 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
5247 maxpagesize
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
)->maxpagesize
;
5249 /* Returns the end address of the segment + 1. */
5250 #define SEGMENT_END(segment, start) \
5251 (start + (segment->p_memsz > segment->p_filesz \
5252 ? segment->p_memsz : segment->p_filesz))
5254 #define SECTION_SIZE(section, segment) \
5255 (((section->flags & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
5256 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL || segment->p_type == PT_TLS) \
5257 ? section->size : 0)
5259 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
5260 the given segment. VMA addresses are compared. */
5261 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA(section, segment) \
5262 (section->vma >= segment->p_vaddr \
5263 && (section->vma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
5264 <= (SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr))))
5266 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
5267 the given segment. LMA addresses are compared. */
5268 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA(section, segment, base) \
5269 (section->lma >= base \
5270 && (section->lma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
5271 <= SEGMENT_END (segment, base)))
5273 /* Special case: corefile "NOTE" section containing regs, prpsinfo etc. */
5274 #define IS_COREFILE_NOTE(p, s) \
5275 (p->p_type == PT_NOTE \
5276 && bfd_get_format (ibfd) == bfd_core \
5277 && s->vma == 0 && s->lma == 0 \
5278 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
5279 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
5280 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
5282 /* The complicated case when p_vaddr is 0 is to handle the Solaris
5283 linker, which generates a PT_INTERP section with p_vaddr and
5284 p_memsz set to 0. */
5285 #define IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP(p, s) \
5287 && p->p_paddr == 0 \
5288 && p->p_memsz == 0 \
5289 && p->p_filesz > 0 \
5290 && (s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0 \
5292 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
5293 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
5294 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
5296 /* Decide if the given section should be included in the given segment.
5297 A section will be included if:
5298 1. It is within the address space of the segment -- we use the LMA
5299 if that is set for the segment and the VMA otherwise,
5300 2. It is an allocated segment,
5301 3. There is an output section associated with it,
5302 4. The section has not already been allocated to a previous segment.
5303 5. PT_GNU_STACK segments do not include any sections.
5304 6. PT_TLS segment includes only SHF_TLS sections.
5305 7. SHF_TLS sections are only in PT_TLS or PT_LOAD segments.
5306 8. PT_DYNAMIC should not contain empty sections at the beginning
5307 (with the possible exception of .dynamic). */
5308 #define IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed) \
5309 ((((segment->p_paddr \
5310 ? IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (section, segment, segment->p_paddr) \
5311 : IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (section, segment)) \
5312 && (section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) \
5313 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment, section)) \
5314 && segment->p_type != PT_GNU_STACK \
5315 && (segment->p_type != PT_TLS \
5316 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
5317 && (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD \
5318 || segment->p_type == PT_TLS \
5319 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0) \
5320 && (segment->p_type != PT_DYNAMIC \
5321 || SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) > 0 \
5322 || (segment->p_paddr \
5323 ? segment->p_paddr != section->lma \
5324 : segment->p_vaddr != section->vma) \
5325 || (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (ibfd, section), ".dynamic") \
5327 && ! section->segment_mark)
5329 /* If the output section of a section in the input segment is NULL,
5330 it is removed from the corresponding output segment. */
5331 #define INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed) \
5332 (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed) \
5333 && section->output_section != NULL)
5335 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 starts after the end of seg2. */
5336 #define SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT(seg1, seg2, field) \
5337 (seg1->field >= SEGMENT_END (seg2, seg2->field))
5339 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 and seg2 overlap. Segments overlap iff both
5340 their VMA address ranges and their LMA address ranges overlap.
5341 It is possible to have overlapping VMA ranges without overlapping LMA
5342 ranges. RedBoot images for example can have both .data and .bss mapped
5343 to the same VMA range, but with the .data section mapped to a different
5345 #define SEGMENT_OVERLAPS(seg1, seg2) \
5346 ( !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_vaddr) \
5347 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_vaddr)) \
5348 && !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_paddr) \
5349 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_paddr)))
5351 /* Initialise the segment mark field. */
5352 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
; section
= section
->next
)
5353 section
->segment_mark
= FALSE
;
5355 /* Scan through the segments specified in the program header
5356 of the input BFD. For this first scan we look for overlaps
5357 in the loadable segments. These can be created by weird
5358 parameters to objcopy. Also, fix some solaris weirdness. */
5359 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
5364 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment2
;
5366 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_INTERP
)
5367 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
; section
; section
= section
->next
)
5368 if (IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP (segment
, section
))
5370 /* Mininal change so that the normal section to segment
5371 assignment code will work. */
5372 segment
->p_vaddr
= section
->vma
;
5376 if (segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
5379 /* Determine if this segment overlaps any previous segments. */
5380 for (j
= 0, segment2
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
; j
< i
; j
++, segment2
++)
5382 bfd_signed_vma extra_length
;
5384 if (segment2
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
5385 || ! SEGMENT_OVERLAPS (segment
, segment2
))
5388 /* Merge the two segments together. */
5389 if (segment2
->p_vaddr
< segment
->p_vaddr
)
5391 /* Extend SEGMENT2 to include SEGMENT and then delete
5394 SEGMENT_END (segment
, segment
->p_vaddr
)
5395 - SEGMENT_END (segment2
, segment2
->p_vaddr
);
5397 if (extra_length
> 0)
5399 segment2
->p_memsz
+= extra_length
;
5400 segment2
->p_filesz
+= extra_length
;
5403 segment
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
5405 /* Since we have deleted P we must restart the outer loop. */
5407 segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
5412 /* Extend SEGMENT to include SEGMENT2 and then delete
5415 SEGMENT_END (segment2
, segment2
->p_vaddr
)
5416 - SEGMENT_END (segment
, segment
->p_vaddr
);
5418 if (extra_length
> 0)
5420 segment
->p_memsz
+= extra_length
;
5421 segment
->p_filesz
+= extra_length
;
5424 segment2
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
5429 /* The second scan attempts to assign sections to segments. */
5430 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
5434 unsigned int section_count
;
5435 asection
** sections
;
5436 asection
* output_section
;
5438 bfd_vma matching_lma
;
5439 bfd_vma suggested_lma
;
5442 asection
* first_section
;
5444 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_NULL
)
5447 first_section
= NULL
;
5448 /* Compute how many sections might be placed into this segment. */
5449 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
, section_count
= 0;
5451 section
= section
->next
)
5453 /* Find the first section in the input segment, which may be
5454 removed from the corresponding output segment. */
5455 if (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section
, segment
, bed
))
5457 if (first_section
== NULL
)
5458 first_section
= section
;
5459 if (section
->output_section
!= NULL
)
5464 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
5465 all of the sections we have selected. */
5466 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
5467 amt
+= ((bfd_size_type
) section_count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
5468 map
= bfd_zalloc (obfd
, amt
);
5472 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Default to
5473 using the physical address of the segment in the input BFD. */
5475 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
5476 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
5477 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
5479 /* If the first section in the input segment is removed, there is
5480 no need to preserve segment physical address in the corresponding
5482 if (!first_section
|| first_section
->output_section
!= NULL
)
5484 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_paddr
;
5485 map
->p_paddr_valid
= 1;
5488 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
5489 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
5490 map
->includes_filehdr
= (segment
->p_offset
== 0
5491 && segment
->p_filesz
>= iehdr
->e_ehsize
);
5493 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
5495 if (! phdr_included
|| segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
5497 map
->includes_phdrs
=
5498 (segment
->p_offset
<= (bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
5499 && (segment
->p_offset
+ segment
->p_filesz
5500 >= ((bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
5501 + iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
)));
5503 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& map
->includes_phdrs
)
5504 phdr_included
= TRUE
;
5507 if (section_count
== 0)
5509 /* Special segments, such as the PT_PHDR segment, may contain
5510 no sections, but ordinary, loadable segments should contain
5511 something. They are allowed by the ELF spec however, so only
5512 a warning is produced. */
5513 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
5514 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
5515 (_("%B: warning: Empty loadable segment detected, is this intentional ?\n"),
5519 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
5520 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
5525 /* Now scan the sections in the input BFD again and attempt
5526 to add their corresponding output sections to the segment map.
5527 The problem here is how to handle an output section which has
5528 been moved (ie had its LMA changed). There are four possibilities:
5530 1. None of the sections have been moved.
5531 In this case we can continue to use the segment LMA from the
5534 2. All of the sections have been moved by the same amount.
5535 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
5536 of the first section.
5538 3. Some of the sections have been moved, others have not.
5539 In this case those sections which have not been moved can be
5540 placed in the current segment which will have to have its size,
5541 and possibly its LMA changed, and a new segment or segments will
5542 have to be created to contain the other sections.
5544 4. The sections have been moved, but not by the same amount.
5545 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
5546 of the first section and we will have to create a new segment
5547 or segments to contain the other sections.
5549 In order to save time, we allocate an array to hold the section
5550 pointers that we are interested in. As these sections get assigned
5551 to a segment, they are removed from this array. */
5553 /* Gcc 2.96 miscompiles this code on mips. Don't do casting here
5554 to work around this long long bug. */
5555 sections
= bfd_malloc2 (section_count
, sizeof (asection
*));
5556 if (sections
== NULL
)
5559 /* Step One: Scan for segment vs section LMA conflicts.
5560 Also add the sections to the section array allocated above.
5561 Also add the sections to the current segment. In the common
5562 case, where the sections have not been moved, this means that
5563 we have completely filled the segment, and there is nothing
5569 for (j
= 0, section
= ibfd
->sections
;
5571 section
= section
->next
)
5573 if (INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (section
, segment
, bed
))
5575 output_section
= section
->output_section
;
5577 sections
[j
++] = section
;
5579 /* The Solaris native linker always sets p_paddr to 0.
5580 We try to catch that case here, and set it to the
5581 correct value. Note - some backends require that
5582 p_paddr be left as zero. */
5583 if (segment
->p_paddr
== 0
5584 && segment
->p_vaddr
!= 0
5585 && (! bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
)
5587 && output_section
->lma
!= 0
5588 && (output_section
->vma
== (segment
->p_vaddr
5589 + (map
->includes_filehdr
5592 + (map
->includes_phdrs
5594 * iehdr
->e_phentsize
)
5596 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_vaddr
;
5598 /* Match up the physical address of the segment with the
5599 LMA address of the output section. */
5600 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section
, segment
, map
->p_paddr
)
5601 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment
, section
)
5602 || (bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
&&
5603 IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (output_section
, segment
))
5606 if (matching_lma
== 0)
5607 matching_lma
= output_section
->lma
;
5609 /* We assume that if the section fits within the segment
5610 then it does not overlap any other section within that
5612 map
->sections
[isec
++] = output_section
;
5614 else if (suggested_lma
== 0)
5615 suggested_lma
= output_section
->lma
;
5619 BFD_ASSERT (j
== section_count
);
5621 /* Step Two: Adjust the physical address of the current segment,
5623 if (isec
== section_count
)
5625 /* All of the sections fitted within the segment as currently
5626 specified. This is the default case. Add the segment to
5627 the list of built segments and carry on to process the next
5628 program header in the input BFD. */
5629 map
->count
= section_count
;
5630 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
5631 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
5633 if (matching_lma
!= map
->p_paddr
5634 && !map
->includes_filehdr
&& !map
->includes_phdrs
)
5635 /* There is some padding before the first section in the
5636 segment. So, we must account for that in the output
5638 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= matching_lma
- map
->p_paddr
;
5645 if (matching_lma
!= 0)
5647 /* At least one section fits inside the current segment.
5648 Keep it, but modify its physical address to match the
5649 LMA of the first section that fitted. */
5650 map
->p_paddr
= matching_lma
;
5654 /* None of the sections fitted inside the current segment.
5655 Change the current segment's physical address to match
5656 the LMA of the first section. */
5657 map
->p_paddr
= suggested_lma
;
5660 /* Offset the segment physical address from the lma
5661 to allow for space taken up by elf headers. */
5662 if (map
->includes_filehdr
)
5663 map
->p_paddr
-= iehdr
->e_ehsize
;
5665 if (map
->includes_phdrs
)
5667 map
->p_paddr
-= iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
;
5669 /* iehdr->e_phnum is just an estimate of the number
5670 of program headers that we will need. Make a note
5671 here of the number we used and the segment we chose
5672 to hold these headers, so that we can adjust the
5673 offset when we know the correct value. */
5674 phdr_adjust_num
= iehdr
->e_phnum
;
5675 phdr_adjust_seg
= map
;
5679 /* Step Three: Loop over the sections again, this time assigning
5680 those that fit to the current segment and removing them from the
5681 sections array; but making sure not to leave large gaps. Once all
5682 possible sections have been assigned to the current segment it is
5683 added to the list of built segments and if sections still remain
5684 to be assigned, a new segment is constructed before repeating
5692 /* Fill the current segment with sections that fit. */
5693 for (j
= 0; j
< section_count
; j
++)
5695 section
= sections
[j
];
5697 if (section
== NULL
)
5700 output_section
= section
->output_section
;
5702 BFD_ASSERT (output_section
!= NULL
);
5704 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section
, segment
, map
->p_paddr
)
5705 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment
, section
))
5707 if (map
->count
== 0)
5709 /* If the first section in a segment does not start at
5710 the beginning of the segment, then something is
5712 if (output_section
->lma
!=
5714 + (map
->includes_filehdr
? iehdr
->e_ehsize
: 0)
5715 + (map
->includes_phdrs
5716 ? iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
5722 asection
* prev_sec
;
5724 prev_sec
= map
->sections
[map
->count
- 1];
5726 /* If the gap between the end of the previous section
5727 and the start of this section is more than
5728 maxpagesize then we need to start a new segment. */
5729 if ((BFD_ALIGN (prev_sec
->lma
+ prev_sec
->size
,
5731 < BFD_ALIGN (output_section
->lma
, maxpagesize
))
5732 || ((prev_sec
->lma
+ prev_sec
->size
)
5733 > output_section
->lma
))
5735 if (suggested_lma
== 0)
5736 suggested_lma
= output_section
->lma
;
5742 map
->sections
[map
->count
++] = output_section
;
5745 section
->segment_mark
= TRUE
;
5747 else if (suggested_lma
== 0)
5748 suggested_lma
= output_section
->lma
;
5751 BFD_ASSERT (map
->count
> 0);
5753 /* Add the current segment to the list of built segments. */
5754 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
5755 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
5757 if (isec
< section_count
)
5759 /* We still have not allocated all of the sections to
5760 segments. Create a new segment here, initialise it
5761 and carry on looping. */
5762 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
5763 amt
+= ((bfd_size_type
) section_count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
5764 map
= bfd_alloc (obfd
, amt
);
5771 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Set the physical
5772 physical address to the LMA of the first section that has
5773 not yet been assigned. */
5775 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
5776 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
5777 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
5778 map
->p_paddr
= suggested_lma
;
5779 map
->p_paddr_valid
= 1;
5780 map
->includes_filehdr
= 0;
5781 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
5784 while (isec
< section_count
);
5789 /* The Solaris linker creates program headers in which all the
5790 p_paddr fields are zero. When we try to objcopy or strip such a
5791 file, we get confused. Check for this case, and if we find it
5792 reset the p_paddr_valid fields. */
5793 for (map
= map_first
; map
!= NULL
; map
= map
->next
)
5794 if (map
->p_paddr
!= 0)
5797 for (map
= map_first
; map
!= NULL
; map
= map
->next
)
5798 map
->p_paddr_valid
= 0;
5800 elf_tdata (obfd
)->segment_map
= map_first
;
5802 /* If we had to estimate the number of program headers that were
5803 going to be needed, then check our estimate now and adjust
5804 the offset if necessary. */
5805 if (phdr_adjust_seg
!= NULL
)
5809 for (count
= 0, map
= map_first
; map
!= NULL
; map
= map
->next
)
5812 if (count
> phdr_adjust_num
)
5813 phdr_adjust_seg
->p_paddr
5814 -= (count
- phdr_adjust_num
) * iehdr
->e_phentsize
;
5819 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA
5820 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA
5821 #undef IS_COREFILE_NOTE
5822 #undef IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP
5823 #undef IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT
5824 #undef INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT
5825 #undef SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT
5826 #undef SEGMENT_OVERLAPS
5830 /* Copy ELF program header information. */
5833 copy_elf_program_header (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
5835 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*iehdr
;
5836 struct elf_segment_map
*map
;
5837 struct elf_segment_map
*map_first
;
5838 struct elf_segment_map
**pointer_to_map
;
5839 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
5841 unsigned int num_segments
;
5842 bfd_boolean phdr_included
= FALSE
;
5844 iehdr
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
);
5847 pointer_to_map
= &map_first
;
5849 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
5850 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
5855 unsigned int section_count
;
5857 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
5858 asection
*first_section
= NULL
;
5860 /* FIXME: Do we need to copy PT_NULL segment? */
5861 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_NULL
)
5864 /* Compute how many sections are in this segment. */
5865 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
, section_count
= 0;
5867 section
= section
->next
)
5869 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
5870 if (ELF_IS_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_FILE (this_hdr
, segment
))
5873 first_section
= section
;
5878 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
5879 all of the sections we have selected. */
5880 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
5881 if (section_count
!= 0)
5882 amt
+= ((bfd_size_type
) section_count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
5883 map
= bfd_zalloc (obfd
, amt
);
5887 /* Initialize the fields of the output segment map with the
5890 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
5891 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
5892 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
5893 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_paddr
;
5894 map
->p_paddr_valid
= 1;
5895 map
->p_align
= segment
->p_align
;
5896 map
->p_align_valid
= 1;
5897 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= 0;
5899 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
5900 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
5901 map
->includes_filehdr
= (segment
->p_offset
== 0
5902 && segment
->p_filesz
>= iehdr
->e_ehsize
);
5904 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
5905 if (! phdr_included
|| segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
5907 map
->includes_phdrs
=
5908 (segment
->p_offset
<= (bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
5909 && (segment
->p_offset
+ segment
->p_filesz
5910 >= ((bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
5911 + iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
)));
5913 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& map
->includes_phdrs
)
5914 phdr_included
= TRUE
;
5917 if (!map
->includes_phdrs
&& !map
->includes_filehdr
)
5918 /* There is some other padding before the first section. */
5919 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= ((first_section
? first_section
->lma
: 0)
5920 - segment
->p_paddr
);
5922 if (section_count
!= 0)
5924 unsigned int isec
= 0;
5926 for (section
= first_section
;
5928 section
= section
->next
)
5930 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
5931 if (ELF_IS_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_FILE (this_hdr
, segment
))
5933 map
->sections
[isec
++] = section
->output_section
;
5934 if (isec
== section_count
)
5940 map
->count
= section_count
;
5941 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
5942 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
5945 elf_tdata (obfd
)->segment_map
= map_first
;
5949 /* Copy private BFD data. This copies or rewrites ELF program header
5953 copy_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
5955 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
5956 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
5959 if (elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
== NULL
)
5962 if (ibfd
->xvec
== obfd
->xvec
)
5964 /* Check to see if any sections in the input BFD
5965 covered by ELF program header have changed. */
5966 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
5967 asection
*section
, *osec
;
5968 unsigned int i
, num_segments
;
5969 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
5971 /* Initialize the segment mark field. */
5972 for (section
= obfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
;
5973 section
= section
->next
)
5974 section
->segment_mark
= FALSE
;
5976 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
5977 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
5981 /* PR binutils/3535. The Solaris linker always sets the p_paddr
5982 and p_memsz fields of special segments (DYNAMIC, INTERP) to 0
5983 which severly confuses things, so always regenerate the segment
5984 map in this case. */
5985 if (segment
->p_paddr
== 0
5986 && segment
->p_memsz
== 0
5987 && (segment
->p_type
== PT_INTERP
|| segment
->p_type
== PT_DYNAMIC
))
5990 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
;
5991 section
!= NULL
; section
= section
->next
)
5993 /* We mark the output section so that we know it comes
5994 from the input BFD. */
5995 osec
= section
->output_section
;
5997 osec
->segment_mark
= TRUE
;
5999 /* Check if this section is covered by the segment. */
6000 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
6001 if (ELF_IS_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_FILE (this_hdr
, segment
))
6003 /* FIXME: Check if its output section is changed or
6004 removed. What else do we need to check? */
6006 || section
->flags
!= osec
->flags
6007 || section
->lma
!= osec
->lma
6008 || section
->vma
!= osec
->vma
6009 || section
->size
!= osec
->size
6010 || section
->rawsize
!= osec
->rawsize
6011 || section
->alignment_power
!= osec
->alignment_power
)
6017 /* Check to see if any output section do not come from the
6019 for (section
= obfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
;
6020 section
= section
->next
)
6022 if (section
->segment_mark
== FALSE
)
6025 section
->segment_mark
= FALSE
;
6028 return copy_elf_program_header (ibfd
, obfd
);
6032 return rewrite_elf_program_header (ibfd
, obfd
);
6035 /* Initialize private output section information from input section. */
6038 _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
6042 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
6045 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ihdr
, *ohdr
;
6046 bfd_boolean need_group
= link_info
== NULL
|| link_info
->relocatable
;
6048 if (ibfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
6049 || obfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
6052 /* Don't copy the output ELF section type from input if the
6053 output BFD section flags have been set to something different.
6054 elf_fake_sections will set ELF section type based on BFD
6056 if (elf_section_type (osec
) == SHT_NULL
6057 && (osec
->flags
== isec
->flags
|| !osec
->flags
))
6058 elf_section_type (osec
) = elf_section_type (isec
);
6060 /* FIXME: Is this correct for all OS/PROC specific flags? */
6061 elf_section_flags (osec
) |= (elf_section_flags (isec
)
6062 & (SHF_MASKOS
| SHF_MASKPROC
));
6064 /* Set things up for objcopy and relocatable link. The output
6065 SHT_GROUP section will have its elf_next_in_group pointing back
6066 to the input group members. Ignore linker created group section.
6067 See elfNN_ia64_object_p in elfxx-ia64.c. */
6070 if (elf_sec_group (isec
) == NULL
6071 || (elf_sec_group (isec
)->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
6073 if (elf_section_flags (isec
) & SHF_GROUP
)
6074 elf_section_flags (osec
) |= SHF_GROUP
;
6075 elf_next_in_group (osec
) = elf_next_in_group (isec
);
6076 elf_group_name (osec
) = elf_group_name (isec
);
6080 ihdr
= &elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
;
6082 /* We need to handle elf_linked_to_section for SHF_LINK_ORDER. We
6083 don't use the output section of the linked-to section since it
6084 may be NULL at this point. */
6085 if ((ihdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
6087 ohdr
= &elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
;
6088 ohdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_LINK_ORDER
;
6089 elf_linked_to_section (osec
) = elf_linked_to_section (isec
);
6092 osec
->use_rela_p
= isec
->use_rela_p
;
6097 /* Copy private section information. This copies over the entsize
6098 field, and sometimes the info field. */
6101 _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
6106 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ihdr
, *ohdr
;
6108 if (ibfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
6109 || obfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
6112 ihdr
= &elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
;
6113 ohdr
= &elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
;
6115 ohdr
->sh_entsize
= ihdr
->sh_entsize
;
6117 if (ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
6118 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
6119 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GNU_verneed
6120 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GNU_verdef
)
6121 ohdr
->sh_info
= ihdr
->sh_info
;
6123 return _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (ibfd
, isec
, obfd
, osec
,
6127 /* Copy private header information. */
6130 _bfd_elf_copy_private_header_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
6134 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
6135 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
6138 /* Copy over private BFD data if it has not already been copied.
6139 This must be done here, rather than in the copy_private_bfd_data
6140 entry point, because the latter is called after the section
6141 contents have been set, which means that the program headers have
6142 already been worked out. */
6143 if (elf_tdata (obfd
)->segment_map
== NULL
&& elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
!= NULL
)
6145 if (! copy_private_bfd_data (ibfd
, obfd
))
6149 /* _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data copied over the SHF_GROUP flag
6150 but this might be wrong if we deleted the group section. */
6151 for (isec
= ibfd
->sections
; isec
!= NULL
; isec
= isec
->next
)
6152 if (elf_section_type (isec
) == SHT_GROUP
6153 && isec
->output_section
== NULL
)
6155 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (isec
);
6156 asection
*s
= first
;
6159 if (s
->output_section
!= NULL
)
6161 elf_section_flags (s
->output_section
) &= ~SHF_GROUP
;
6162 elf_group_name (s
->output_section
) = NULL
;
6164 s
= elf_next_in_group (s
);
6173 /* Copy private symbol information. If this symbol is in a section
6174 which we did not map into a BFD section, try to map the section
6175 index correctly. We use special macro definitions for the mapped
6176 section indices; these definitions are interpreted by the
6177 swap_out_syms function. */
6179 #define MAP_ONESYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 1)
6180 #define MAP_DYNSYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 2)
6181 #define MAP_STRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 3)
6182 #define MAP_SHSTRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 4)
6183 #define MAP_SYM_SHNDX (SHN_HIOS + 5)
6186 _bfd_elf_copy_private_symbol_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
6191 elf_symbol_type
*isym
, *osym
;
6193 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
6194 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
6197 isym
= elf_symbol_from (ibfd
, isymarg
);
6198 osym
= elf_symbol_from (obfd
, osymarg
);
6202 && bfd_is_abs_section (isym
->symbol
.section
))
6206 shndx
= isym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
;
6207 if (shndx
== elf_onesymtab (ibfd
))
6208 shndx
= MAP_ONESYMTAB
;
6209 else if (shndx
== elf_dynsymtab (ibfd
))
6210 shndx
= MAP_DYNSYMTAB
;
6211 else if (shndx
== elf_tdata (ibfd
)->strtab_section
)
6213 else if (shndx
== elf_tdata (ibfd
)->shstrtab_section
)
6214 shndx
= MAP_SHSTRTAB
;
6215 else if (shndx
== elf_tdata (ibfd
)->symtab_shndx_section
)
6216 shndx
= MAP_SYM_SHNDX
;
6217 osym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
= shndx
;
6223 /* Swap out the symbols. */
6226 swap_out_syms (bfd
*abfd
,
6227 struct bfd_strtab_hash
**sttp
,
6230 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6233 struct bfd_strtab_hash
*stt
;
6234 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
6235 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_shndx_hdr
;
6236 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symstrtab_hdr
;
6237 bfd_byte
*outbound_syms
;
6238 bfd_byte
*outbound_shndx
;
6241 bfd_boolean name_local_sections
;
6243 if (!elf_map_symbols (abfd
))
6246 /* Dump out the symtabs. */
6247 stt
= _bfd_elf_stringtab_init ();
6251 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6252 symcount
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
6253 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
6254 symtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB
;
6255 symtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
6256 symtab_hdr
->sh_size
= symtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
* (symcount
+ 1);
6257 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
= elf_num_locals (abfd
) + 1;
6258 symtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
6260 symstrtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
6261 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
6263 outbound_syms
= bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, 1 + symcount
, bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
);
6264 if (outbound_syms
== NULL
)
6266 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt
);
6269 symtab_hdr
->contents
= outbound_syms
;
6271 outbound_shndx
= NULL
;
6272 symtab_shndx_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_shndx_hdr
;
6273 if (symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_name
!= 0)
6275 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) (1 + symcount
) * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
6276 outbound_shndx
= bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, 1 + symcount
,
6277 sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
));
6278 if (outbound_shndx
== NULL
)
6280 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt
);
6284 symtab_shndx_hdr
->contents
= outbound_shndx
;
6285 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
;
6286 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_size
= amt
;
6287 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_addralign
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
6288 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
6291 /* Now generate the data (for "contents"). */
6293 /* Fill in zeroth symbol and swap it out. */
6294 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
6300 sym
.st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
6301 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (abfd
, &sym
, outbound_syms
, outbound_shndx
);
6302 outbound_syms
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
6303 if (outbound_shndx
!= NULL
)
6304 outbound_shndx
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
6308 = (bed
->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols
6309 && bed
->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols (abfd
));
6311 syms
= bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd
);
6312 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
6314 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
6315 bfd_vma value
= syms
[idx
]->value
;
6316 elf_symbol_type
*type_ptr
;
6317 flagword flags
= syms
[idx
]->flags
;
6320 if (!name_local_sections
6321 && (flags
& (BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_GLOBAL
)) == BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
6323 /* Local section symbols have no name. */
6328 sym
.st_name
= (unsigned long) _bfd_stringtab_add (stt
,
6331 if (sym
.st_name
== (unsigned long) -1)
6333 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt
);
6338 type_ptr
= elf_symbol_from (abfd
, syms
[idx
]);
6340 if ((flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0
6341 && bfd_is_com_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
6343 /* ELF common symbols put the alignment into the `value' field,
6344 and the size into the `size' field. This is backwards from
6345 how BFD handles it, so reverse it here. */
6346 sym
.st_size
= value
;
6347 if (type_ptr
== NULL
6348 || type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
== 0)
6349 sym
.st_value
= value
>= 16 ? 16 : (1 << bfd_log2 (value
));
6351 sym
.st_value
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
;
6352 sym
.st_shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section
6353 (abfd
, syms
[idx
]->section
);
6357 asection
*sec
= syms
[idx
]->section
;
6360 if (sec
->output_section
)
6362 value
+= sec
->output_offset
;
6363 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
6366 /* Don't add in the section vma for relocatable output. */
6367 if (! relocatable_p
)
6369 sym
.st_value
= value
;
6370 sym
.st_size
= type_ptr
? type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
: 0;
6372 if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec
)
6374 && type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
!= 0)
6376 /* This symbol is in a real ELF section which we did
6377 not create as a BFD section. Undo the mapping done
6378 by copy_private_symbol_data. */
6379 shndx
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
;
6383 shndx
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
6386 shndx
= elf_dynsymtab (abfd
);
6389 shndx
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_section
;
6392 shndx
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_section
;
6395 shndx
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_shndx_section
;
6403 shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, sec
);
6409 /* Writing this would be a hell of a lot easier if
6410 we had some decent documentation on bfd, and
6411 knew what to expect of the library, and what to
6412 demand of applications. For example, it
6413 appears that `objcopy' might not set the
6414 section of a symbol to be a section that is
6415 actually in the output file. */
6416 sec2
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, sec
->name
);
6419 _bfd_error_handler (_("\
6420 Unable to find equivalent output section for symbol '%s' from section '%s'"),
6421 syms
[idx
]->name
? syms
[idx
]->name
: "<Local sym>",
6423 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
6424 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt
);
6428 shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, sec2
);
6429 BFD_ASSERT (shndx
!= -1);
6433 sym
.st_shndx
= shndx
;
6436 if ((flags
& BSF_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
6438 else if ((flags
& BSF_FUNCTION
) != 0)
6440 else if ((flags
& BSF_OBJECT
) != 0)
6442 else if ((flags
& BSF_RELC
) != 0)
6444 else if ((flags
& BSF_SRELC
) != 0)
6449 if (syms
[idx
]->section
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
6452 /* Processor-specific types. */
6453 if (type_ptr
!= NULL
6454 && bed
->elf_backend_get_symbol_type
)
6455 type
= ((*bed
->elf_backend_get_symbol_type
)
6456 (&type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
, type
));
6458 if (flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
6460 if (flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
)
6461 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
6463 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_SECTION
);
6465 else if (bfd_is_com_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
6466 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, type
);
6467 else if (bfd_is_und_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
6468 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (((flags
& BSF_WEAK
)
6472 else if (flags
& BSF_FILE
)
6473 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_FILE
);
6476 int bind
= STB_LOCAL
;
6478 if (flags
& BSF_LOCAL
)
6480 else if (flags
& BSF_WEAK
)
6482 else if (flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
)
6485 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (bind
, type
);
6488 if (type_ptr
!= NULL
)
6489 sym
.st_other
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
;
6493 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (abfd
, &sym
, outbound_syms
, outbound_shndx
);
6494 outbound_syms
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
6495 if (outbound_shndx
!= NULL
)
6496 outbound_shndx
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
6500 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_size
= _bfd_stringtab_size (stt
);
6501 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
6503 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_flags
= 0;
6504 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
6505 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
6506 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
6507 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_info
= 0;
6508 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1;
6513 /* Return the number of bytes required to hold the symtab vector.
6515 Note that we base it on the count plus 1, since we will null terminate
6516 the vector allocated based on this size. However, the ELF symbol table
6517 always has a dummy entry as symbol #0, so it ends up even. */
6520 _bfd_elf_get_symtab_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
6524 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
6526 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_sym
;
6527 symtab_size
= (symcount
+ 1) * (sizeof (asymbol
*));
6529 symtab_size
-= sizeof (asymbol
*);
6535 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_symtab_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
6539 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
6541 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
6543 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
6547 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_sym
;
6548 symtab_size
= (symcount
+ 1) * (sizeof (asymbol
*));
6550 symtab_size
-= sizeof (asymbol
*);
6556 _bfd_elf_get_reloc_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
6559 return (asect
->reloc_count
+ 1) * sizeof (arelent
*);
6562 /* Canonicalize the relocs. */
6565 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_reloc (bfd
*abfd
,
6572 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6574 if (! bed
->s
->slurp_reloc_table (abfd
, section
, symbols
, FALSE
))
6577 tblptr
= section
->relocation
;
6578 for (i
= 0; i
< section
->reloc_count
; i
++)
6579 *relptr
++ = tblptr
++;
6583 return section
->reloc_count
;
6587 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_symtab (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**allocation
)
6589 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6590 long symcount
= bed
->s
->slurp_symbol_table (abfd
, allocation
, FALSE
);
6593 bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) = symcount
;
6598 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
,
6599 asymbol
**allocation
)
6601 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6602 long symcount
= bed
->s
->slurp_symbol_table (abfd
, allocation
, TRUE
);
6605 bfd_get_dynamic_symcount (abfd
) = symcount
;
6609 /* Return the size required for the dynamic reloc entries. Any loadable
6610 section that was actually installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL
6611 or SHT_RELA, and uses the dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a
6612 dynamic reloc section. */
6615 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
6620 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
6622 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
6626 ret
= sizeof (arelent
*);
6627 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
6628 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
6629 && elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
== elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
6630 && (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
6631 || elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_RELA
))
6632 ret
+= ((s
->size
/ elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
)
6633 * sizeof (arelent
*));
6638 /* Canonicalize the dynamic relocation entries. Note that we return the
6639 dynamic relocations as a single block, although they are actually
6640 associated with particular sections; the interface, which was
6641 designed for SunOS style shared libraries, expects that there is only
6642 one set of dynamic relocs. Any loadable section that was actually
6643 installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL or SHT_RELA, and uses the
6644 dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a dynamic reloc section. */
6647 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_reloc (bfd
*abfd
,
6651 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
6655 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
6657 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
6661 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
6663 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
6665 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
6666 && elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
== elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
6667 && (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
6668 || elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_RELA
))
6673 if (! (*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, s
, syms
, TRUE
))
6675 count
= s
->size
/ elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
;
6677 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++)
6688 /* Read in the version information. */
6691 _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_boolean default_imported_symver
)
6693 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
6694 unsigned int freeidx
= 0;
6696 if (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0)
6698 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
6699 Elf_External_Verneed
*everneed
;
6700 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*iverneed
;
6702 bfd_byte
*contents_end
;
6704 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverref_hdr
;
6706 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
= bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, hdr
->sh_info
,
6707 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verneed
));
6708 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
== NULL
)
6711 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
= hdr
->sh_info
;
6713 contents
= bfd_malloc (hdr
->sh_size
);
6714 if (contents
== NULL
)
6716 error_return_verref
:
6717 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
= NULL
;
6718 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
= 0;
6721 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
6722 || bfd_bread (contents
, hdr
->sh_size
, abfd
) != hdr
->sh_size
)
6723 goto error_return_verref
;
6725 if (hdr
->sh_info
&& hdr
->sh_size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
))
6726 goto error_return_verref
;
6728 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
)
6729 == sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
));
6730 contents_end
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
- sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
6731 everneed
= (Elf_External_Verneed
*) contents
;
6732 iverneed
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
;
6733 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; i
++, iverneed
++)
6735 Elf_External_Vernaux
*evernaux
;
6736 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*ivernaux
;
6739 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (abfd
, everneed
, iverneed
);
6741 iverneed
->vn_bfd
= abfd
;
6743 iverneed
->vn_filename
=
6744 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
6746 if (iverneed
->vn_filename
== NULL
)
6747 goto error_return_verref
;
6749 if (iverneed
->vn_cnt
== 0)
6750 iverneed
->vn_auxptr
= NULL
;
6753 iverneed
->vn_auxptr
= bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, iverneed
->vn_cnt
,
6754 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Vernaux
));
6755 if (iverneed
->vn_auxptr
== NULL
)
6756 goto error_return_verref
;
6759 if (iverneed
->vn_aux
6760 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) everneed
))
6761 goto error_return_verref
;
6763 evernaux
= ((Elf_External_Vernaux
*)
6764 ((bfd_byte
*) everneed
+ iverneed
->vn_aux
));
6765 ivernaux
= iverneed
->vn_auxptr
;
6766 for (j
= 0; j
< iverneed
->vn_cnt
; j
++, ivernaux
++)
6768 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (abfd
, evernaux
, ivernaux
);
6770 ivernaux
->vna_nodename
=
6771 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
6772 ivernaux
->vna_name
);
6773 if (ivernaux
->vna_nodename
== NULL
)
6774 goto error_return_verref
;
6776 if (j
+ 1 < iverneed
->vn_cnt
)
6777 ivernaux
->vna_nextptr
= ivernaux
+ 1;
6779 ivernaux
->vna_nextptr
= NULL
;
6781 if (ivernaux
->vna_next
6782 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) evernaux
))
6783 goto error_return_verref
;
6785 evernaux
= ((Elf_External_Vernaux
*)
6786 ((bfd_byte
*) evernaux
+ ivernaux
->vna_next
));
6788 if (ivernaux
->vna_other
> freeidx
)
6789 freeidx
= ivernaux
->vna_other
;
6792 if (i
+ 1 < hdr
->sh_info
)
6793 iverneed
->vn_nextref
= iverneed
+ 1;
6795 iverneed
->vn_nextref
= NULL
;
6797 if (iverneed
->vn_next
6798 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) everneed
))
6799 goto error_return_verref
;
6801 everneed
= ((Elf_External_Verneed
*)
6802 ((bfd_byte
*) everneed
+ iverneed
->vn_next
));
6809 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0)
6811 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
6812 Elf_External_Verdef
*everdef
;
6813 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdef
;
6814 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdefarr
;
6815 Elf_Internal_Verdef iverdefmem
;
6817 unsigned int maxidx
;
6818 bfd_byte
*contents_end_def
, *contents_end_aux
;
6820 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverdef_hdr
;
6822 contents
= bfd_malloc (hdr
->sh_size
);
6823 if (contents
== NULL
)
6825 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
6826 || bfd_bread (contents
, hdr
->sh_size
, abfd
) != hdr
->sh_size
)
6829 if (hdr
->sh_info
&& hdr
->sh_size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
))
6832 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
)
6833 >= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
));
6834 contents_end_def
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
6835 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6836 contents_end_aux
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
6837 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6839 /* We know the number of entries in the section but not the maximum
6840 index. Therefore we have to run through all entries and find
6842 everdef
= (Elf_External_Verdef
*) contents
;
6844 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; ++i
)
6846 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd
, everdef
, &iverdefmem
);
6848 if ((iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION
)) > maxidx
)
6849 maxidx
= iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION
);
6851 if (iverdefmem
.vd_next
6852 > (size_t) (contents_end_def
- (bfd_byte
*) everdef
))
6855 everdef
= ((Elf_External_Verdef
*)
6856 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdefmem
.vd_next
));
6859 if (default_imported_symver
)
6861 if (freeidx
> maxidx
)
6866 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, maxidx
,
6867 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
));
6868 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
6871 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= maxidx
;
6873 everdef
= (Elf_External_Verdef
*) contents
;
6874 iverdefarr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
;
6875 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; i
++)
6877 Elf_External_Verdaux
*everdaux
;
6878 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*iverdaux
;
6881 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd
, everdef
, &iverdefmem
);
6883 if ((iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& VERSYM_VERSION
) == 0)
6885 error_return_verdef
:
6886 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= NULL
;
6887 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= 0;
6891 iverdef
= &iverdefarr
[(iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& VERSYM_VERSION
) - 1];
6892 memcpy (iverdef
, &iverdefmem
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
));
6894 iverdef
->vd_bfd
= abfd
;
6896 if (iverdef
->vd_cnt
== 0)
6897 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= NULL
;
6900 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, iverdef
->vd_cnt
,
6901 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux
));
6902 if (iverdef
->vd_auxptr
== NULL
)
6903 goto error_return_verdef
;
6907 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux
- (bfd_byte
*) everdef
))
6908 goto error_return_verdef
;
6910 everdaux
= ((Elf_External_Verdaux
*)
6911 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdef
->vd_aux
));
6912 iverdaux
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
;
6913 for (j
= 0; j
< iverdef
->vd_cnt
; j
++, iverdaux
++)
6915 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (abfd
, everdaux
, iverdaux
);
6917 iverdaux
->vda_nodename
=
6918 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
6919 iverdaux
->vda_name
);
6920 if (iverdaux
->vda_nodename
== NULL
)
6921 goto error_return_verdef
;
6923 if (j
+ 1 < iverdef
->vd_cnt
)
6924 iverdaux
->vda_nextptr
= iverdaux
+ 1;
6926 iverdaux
->vda_nextptr
= NULL
;
6928 if (iverdaux
->vda_next
6929 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux
- (bfd_byte
*) everdaux
))
6930 goto error_return_verdef
;
6932 everdaux
= ((Elf_External_Verdaux
*)
6933 ((bfd_byte
*) everdaux
+ iverdaux
->vda_next
));
6936 if (iverdef
->vd_cnt
)
6937 iverdef
->vd_nodename
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nodename
;
6939 if ((size_t) (iverdef
- iverdefarr
) + 1 < maxidx
)
6940 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= iverdef
+ 1;
6942 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= NULL
;
6944 everdef
= ((Elf_External_Verdef
*)
6945 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdef
->vd_next
));
6951 else if (default_imported_symver
)
6958 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, freeidx
,
6959 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
));
6960 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
6963 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= freeidx
;
6966 /* Create a default version based on the soname. */
6967 if (default_imported_symver
)
6969 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdef
;
6970 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*iverdaux
;
6972 iverdef
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[freeidx
- 1];;
6974 iverdef
->vd_version
= VER_DEF_CURRENT
;
6975 iverdef
->vd_flags
= 0;
6976 iverdef
->vd_ndx
= freeidx
;
6977 iverdef
->vd_cnt
= 1;
6979 iverdef
->vd_bfd
= abfd
;
6981 iverdef
->vd_nodename
= bfd_elf_get_dt_soname (abfd
);
6982 if (iverdef
->vd_nodename
== NULL
)
6983 goto error_return_verdef
;
6984 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= NULL
;
6985 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux
));
6986 if (iverdef
->vd_auxptr
== NULL
)
6987 goto error_return_verdef
;
6989 iverdaux
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
;
6990 iverdaux
->vda_nodename
= iverdef
->vd_nodename
;
6991 iverdaux
->vda_nextptr
= NULL
;
6997 if (contents
!= NULL
)
7003 _bfd_elf_make_empty_symbol (bfd
*abfd
)
7005 elf_symbol_type
*newsym
;
7006 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (elf_symbol_type
);
7008 newsym
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7013 newsym
->symbol
.the_bfd
= abfd
;
7014 return &newsym
->symbol
;
7019 _bfd_elf_get_symbol_info (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7023 bfd_symbol_info (symbol
, ret
);
7026 /* Return whether a symbol name implies a local symbol. Most targets
7027 use this function for the is_local_label_name entry point, but some
7031 _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7034 /* Normal local symbols start with ``.L''. */
7035 if (name
[0] == '.' && name
[1] == 'L')
7038 /* At least some SVR4 compilers (e.g., UnixWare 2.1 cc) generate
7039 DWARF debugging symbols starting with ``..''. */
7040 if (name
[0] == '.' && name
[1] == '.')
7043 /* gcc will sometimes generate symbols beginning with ``_.L_'' when
7044 emitting DWARF debugging output. I suspect this is actually a
7045 small bug in gcc (it calls ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL when it should call
7046 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL, and this causes the leading
7047 underscore to be emitted on some ELF targets). For ease of use,
7048 we treat such symbols as local. */
7049 if (name
[0] == '_' && name
[1] == '.' && name
[2] == 'L' && name
[3] == '_')
7056 _bfd_elf_get_lineno (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7057 asymbol
*symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
7064 _bfd_elf_set_arch_mach (bfd
*abfd
,
7065 enum bfd_architecture arch
,
7066 unsigned long machine
)
7068 /* If this isn't the right architecture for this backend, and this
7069 isn't the generic backend, fail. */
7070 if (arch
!= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->arch
7071 && arch
!= bfd_arch_unknown
7072 && get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->arch
!= bfd_arch_unknown
)
7075 return bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd
, arch
, machine
);
7078 /* Find the function to a particular section and offset,
7079 for error reporting. */
7082 elf_find_function (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7086 const char **filename_ptr
,
7087 const char **functionname_ptr
)
7089 const char *filename
;
7090 asymbol
*func
, *file
;
7093 /* ??? Given multiple file symbols, it is impossible to reliably
7094 choose the right file name for global symbols. File symbols are
7095 local symbols, and thus all file symbols must sort before any
7096 global symbols. The ELF spec may be interpreted to say that a
7097 file symbol must sort before other local symbols, but currently
7098 ld -r doesn't do this. So, for ld -r output, it is possible to
7099 make a better choice of file name for local symbols by ignoring
7100 file symbols appearing after a given local symbol. */
7101 enum { nothing_seen
, symbol_seen
, file_after_symbol_seen
} state
;
7107 state
= nothing_seen
;
7109 for (p
= symbols
; *p
!= NULL
; p
++)
7113 q
= (elf_symbol_type
*) *p
;
7115 switch (ELF_ST_TYPE (q
->internal_elf_sym
.st_info
))
7121 if (state
== symbol_seen
)
7122 state
= file_after_symbol_seen
;
7126 if (bfd_get_section (&q
->symbol
) == section
7127 && q
->symbol
.value
>= low_func
7128 && q
->symbol
.value
<= offset
)
7130 func
= (asymbol
*) q
;
7131 low_func
= q
->symbol
.value
;
7134 && (ELF_ST_BIND (q
->internal_elf_sym
.st_info
) == STB_LOCAL
7135 || state
!= file_after_symbol_seen
))
7136 filename
= bfd_asymbol_name (file
);
7140 if (state
== nothing_seen
)
7141 state
= symbol_seen
;
7148 *filename_ptr
= filename
;
7149 if (functionname_ptr
)
7150 *functionname_ptr
= bfd_asymbol_name (func
);
7155 /* Find the nearest line to a particular section and offset,
7156 for error reporting. */
7159 _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd
*abfd
,
7163 const char **filename_ptr
,
7164 const char **functionname_ptr
,
7165 unsigned int *line_ptr
)
7169 if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
7170 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
7173 if (!*functionname_ptr
)
7174 elf_find_function (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
7175 *filename_ptr
? NULL
: filename_ptr
,
7181 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
7182 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
7184 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
))
7186 if (!*functionname_ptr
)
7187 elf_find_function (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
7188 *filename_ptr
? NULL
: filename_ptr
,
7194 if (! _bfd_stab_section_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
7195 &found
, filename_ptr
,
7196 functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
,
7197 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->line_info
))
7199 if (found
&& (*functionname_ptr
|| *line_ptr
))
7202 if (symbols
== NULL
)
7205 if (! elf_find_function (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
7206 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
))
7213 /* Find the line for a symbol. */
7216 _bfd_elf_find_line (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**symbols
, asymbol
*symbol
,
7217 const char **filename_ptr
, unsigned int *line_ptr
)
7219 return _bfd_dwarf2_find_line (abfd
, symbols
, symbol
,
7220 filename_ptr
, line_ptr
, 0,
7221 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
7224 /* After a call to bfd_find_nearest_line, successive calls to
7225 bfd_find_inliner_info can be used to get source information about
7226 each level of function inlining that terminated at the address
7227 passed to bfd_find_nearest_line. Currently this is only supported
7228 for DWARF2 with appropriate DWARF3 extensions. */
7231 _bfd_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd
*abfd
,
7232 const char **filename_ptr
,
7233 const char **functionname_ptr
,
7234 unsigned int *line_ptr
)
7237 found
= _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd
, filename_ptr
,
7238 functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
,
7239 & elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
7244 _bfd_elf_sizeof_headers (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7246 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
7247 int ret
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
7249 if (!info
->relocatable
)
7251 bfd_size_type phdr_size
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
;
7253 if (phdr_size
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
7255 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
7258 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
7259 phdr_size
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
7262 phdr_size
= get_program_header_size (abfd
, info
);
7265 elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
= phdr_size
;
7273 _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (bfd
*abfd
,
7275 const void *location
,
7277 bfd_size_type count
)
7279 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
7282 if (! abfd
->output_has_begun
7283 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd
, NULL
))
7286 hdr
= &elf_section_data (section
)->this_hdr
;
7287 pos
= hdr
->sh_offset
+ offset
;
7288 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
7289 || bfd_bwrite (location
, count
, abfd
) != count
)
7296 _bfd_elf_no_info_to_howto (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7297 arelent
*cache_ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7298 Elf_Internal_Rela
*dst ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
7303 /* Try to convert a non-ELF reloc into an ELF one. */
7306 _bfd_elf_validate_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*areloc
)
7308 /* Check whether we really have an ELF howto. */
7310 if ((*areloc
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->the_bfd
->xvec
!= abfd
->xvec
)
7312 bfd_reloc_code_real_type code
;
7313 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
7315 /* Alien reloc: Try to determine its type to replace it with an
7316 equivalent ELF reloc. */
7318 if (areloc
->howto
->pc_relative
)
7320 switch (areloc
->howto
->bitsize
)
7323 code
= BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL
;
7326 code
= BFD_RELOC_12_PCREL
;
7329 code
= BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL
;
7332 code
= BFD_RELOC_24_PCREL
;
7335 code
= BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL
;
7338 code
= BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL
;
7344 howto
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd
, code
);
7346 if (areloc
->howto
->pcrel_offset
!= howto
->pcrel_offset
)
7348 if (howto
->pcrel_offset
)
7349 areloc
->addend
+= areloc
->address
;
7351 areloc
->addend
-= areloc
->address
; /* addend is unsigned!! */
7356 switch (areloc
->howto
->bitsize
)
7362 code
= BFD_RELOC_14
;
7365 code
= BFD_RELOC_16
;
7368 code
= BFD_RELOC_26
;
7371 code
= BFD_RELOC_32
;
7374 code
= BFD_RELOC_64
;
7380 howto
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd
, code
);
7384 areloc
->howto
= howto
;
7392 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
7393 (_("%B: unsupported relocation type %s"),
7394 abfd
, areloc
->howto
->name
);
7395 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
7400 _bfd_elf_close_and_cleanup (bfd
*abfd
)
7402 if (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
)
7404 if (elf_tdata (abfd
) != NULL
&& elf_shstrtab (abfd
) != NULL
)
7405 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
7406 _bfd_dwarf2_cleanup_debug_info (abfd
);
7409 return _bfd_generic_close_and_cleanup (abfd
);
7412 /* For Rel targets, we encode meaningful data for BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY
7413 in the relocation's offset. Thus we cannot allow any sort of sanity
7414 range-checking to interfere. There is nothing else to do in processing
7417 bfd_reloc_status_type
7418 _bfd_elf_rel_vtable_reloc_fn
7419 (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, arelent
*re ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7420 struct bfd_symbol
*symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7421 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, asection
*is ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7422 bfd
*obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, char **errmsg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
7424 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
7427 /* Elf core file support. Much of this only works on native
7428 toolchains, since we rely on knowing the
7429 machine-dependent procfs structure in order to pick
7430 out details about the corefile. */
7432 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_PROCFS_H
7433 # include <sys/procfs.h>
7436 /* FIXME: this is kinda wrong, but it's what gdb wants. */
7439 elfcore_make_pid (bfd
*abfd
)
7441 return ((elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
<< 16)
7442 + (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
));
7445 /* If there isn't a section called NAME, make one, using
7446 data from SECT. Note, this function will generate a
7447 reference to NAME, so you shouldn't deallocate or
7451 elfcore_maybe_make_sect (bfd
*abfd
, char *name
, asection
*sect
)
7455 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
) != NULL
)
7458 sect2
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, name
, sect
->flags
);
7462 sect2
->size
= sect
->size
;
7463 sect2
->filepos
= sect
->filepos
;
7464 sect2
->alignment_power
= sect
->alignment_power
;
7468 /* Create a pseudosection containing SIZE bytes at FILEPOS. This
7469 actually creates up to two pseudosections:
7470 - For the single-threaded case, a section named NAME, unless
7471 such a section already exists.
7472 - For the multi-threaded case, a section named "NAME/PID", where
7473 PID is elfcore_make_pid (abfd).
7474 Both pseudosections have identical contents. */
7476 _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (bfd
*abfd
,
7482 char *threaded_name
;
7486 /* Build the section name. */
7488 sprintf (buf
, "%s/%d", name
, elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
7489 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
7490 threaded_name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
7491 if (threaded_name
== NULL
)
7493 memcpy (threaded_name
, buf
, len
);
7495 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, threaded_name
,
7500 sect
->filepos
= filepos
;
7501 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
7503 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, name
, sect
);
7506 /* prstatus_t exists on:
7508 linux 2.[01] + glibc
7512 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
7515 elfcore_grok_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7520 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (prstatus_t
))
7524 size
= sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
);
7525 offset
= offsetof (prstatus_t
, pr_reg
);
7526 memcpy (&prstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (prstat
));
7528 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
7529 has already been set by another thread. */
7530 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
== 0)
7531 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
= prstat
.pr_cursig
;
7532 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
7534 /* pr_who exists on:
7537 pr_who doesn't exist on:
7540 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T_PR_WHO)
7541 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
= prstat
.pr_who
;
7544 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
7545 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (prstatus32_t
))
7547 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
7548 prstatus32_t prstat
;
7550 size
= sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
);
7551 offset
= offsetof (prstatus32_t
, pr_reg
);
7552 memcpy (&prstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (prstat
));
7554 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
7555 has already been set by another thread. */
7556 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
== 0)
7557 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
= prstat
.pr_cursig
;
7558 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
7560 /* pr_who exists on:
7563 pr_who doesn't exist on:
7566 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T_PR_WHO)
7567 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
= prstat
.pr_who
;
7570 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T */
7573 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
7574 note size (ie. data object type). */
7578 /* Make a ".reg/999" section and a ".reg" section. */
7579 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg",
7580 size
, note
->descpos
+ offset
);
7582 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T) */
7584 /* Create a pseudosection containing the exact contents of NOTE. */
7586 elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (bfd
*abfd
,
7588 Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7590 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, name
,
7591 note
->descsz
, note
->descpos
);
7594 /* There isn't a consistent prfpregset_t across platforms,
7595 but it doesn't matter, because we don't have to pick this
7596 data structure apart. */
7599 elfcore_grok_prfpreg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7601 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
7604 /* Linux dumps the Intel SSE regs in a note named "LINUX" with a note
7605 type of 5 (NT_PRXFPREG). Just include the whole note's contents
7609 elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7611 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-xfp", note
);
7614 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T)
7615 typedef prpsinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t
;
7616 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
7617 typedef prpsinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t
;
7621 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
7622 typedef psinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t
;
7623 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
7624 typedef psinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t
;
7628 /* return a malloc'ed copy of a string at START which is at
7629 most MAX bytes long, possibly without a terminating '\0'.
7630 the copy will always have a terminating '\0'. */
7633 _bfd_elfcore_strndup (bfd
*abfd
, char *start
, size_t max
)
7636 char *end
= memchr (start
, '\0', max
);
7644 dups
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
+ 1);
7648 memcpy (dups
, start
, len
);
7654 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
7656 elfcore_grok_psinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7658 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (elfcore_psinfo_t
))
7660 elfcore_psinfo_t psinfo
;
7662 memcpy (&psinfo
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (psinfo
));
7664 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_program
7665 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_fname
,
7666 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_fname
));
7668 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_command
7669 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_psargs
,
7670 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_psargs
));
7672 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
7673 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (elfcore_psinfo32_t
))
7675 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
7676 elfcore_psinfo32_t psinfo
;
7678 memcpy (&psinfo
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (psinfo
));
7680 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_program
7681 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_fname
,
7682 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_fname
));
7684 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_command
7685 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_psargs
,
7686 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_psargs
));
7692 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
7693 note size (ie. data object type). */
7697 /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
7698 onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
7699 implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */
7702 char *command
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_command
;
7703 int n
= strlen (command
);
7705 if (0 < n
&& command
[n
- 1] == ' ')
7706 command
[n
- 1] = '\0';
7711 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) */
7713 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
7715 elfcore_grok_pstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7717 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (pstatus_t
)
7718 #if defined (HAVE_PXSTATUS_T)
7719 || note
->descsz
== sizeof (pxstatus_t
)
7725 memcpy (&pstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (pstat
));
7727 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
= pstat
.pr_pid
;
7729 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
7730 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (pstatus32_t
))
7732 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
7735 memcpy (&pstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (pstat
));
7737 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
= pstat
.pr_pid
;
7740 /* Could grab some more details from the "representative"
7741 lwpstatus_t in pstat.pr_lwp, but we'll catch it all in an
7742 NT_LWPSTATUS note, presumably. */
7746 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T) */
7748 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
7750 elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7752 lwpstatus_t lwpstat
;
7758 if (note
->descsz
!= sizeof (lwpstat
)
7759 #if defined (HAVE_LWPXSTATUS_T)
7760 && note
->descsz
!= sizeof (lwpxstatus_t
)
7765 memcpy (&lwpstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (lwpstat
));
7767 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
= lwpstat
.pr_lwpid
;
7768 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
= lwpstat
.pr_cursig
;
7770 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
7772 sprintf (buf
, ".reg/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
7773 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
7774 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
7777 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
7779 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
7783 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
7784 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
);
7785 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
7786 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
);
7789 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
7790 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_reg
);
7791 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_reg
);
7794 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
7796 if (!elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg", sect
))
7799 /* Make a ".reg2/999" section */
7801 sprintf (buf
, ".reg2/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
7802 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
7803 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
7806 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
7808 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
7812 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
7813 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.fpregs
);
7814 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
7815 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.fpregs
);
7818 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_FPREG)
7819 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_fpreg
);
7820 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_fpreg
);
7823 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
7825 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg2", sect
);
7827 #endif /* defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T) */
7829 #if defined (HAVE_WIN32_PSTATUS_T)
7831 elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7837 win32_pstatus_t pstatus
;
7839 if (note
->descsz
< sizeof (pstatus
))
7842 memcpy (&pstatus
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (pstatus
));
7844 switch (pstatus
.data_type
)
7846 case NOTE_INFO_PROCESS
:
7847 /* FIXME: need to add ->core_command. */
7848 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
= pstatus
.data
.process_info
.signal
;
7849 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
= pstatus
.data
.process_info
.pid
;
7852 case NOTE_INFO_THREAD
:
7853 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
7854 sprintf (buf
, ".reg/%ld", (long) pstatus
.data
.thread_info
.tid
);
7856 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
7857 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
7861 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
7863 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
7867 sect
->size
= sizeof (pstatus
.data
.thread_info
.thread_context
);
7868 sect
->filepos
= (note
->descpos
7869 + offsetof (struct win32_pstatus
,
7870 data
.thread_info
.thread_context
));
7871 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
7873 if (pstatus
.data
.thread_info
.is_active_thread
)
7874 if (! elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg", sect
))
7878 case NOTE_INFO_MODULE
:
7879 /* Make a ".module/xxxxxxxx" section. */
7880 sprintf (buf
, ".module/%08lx",
7881 (long) pstatus
.data
.module_info
.base_address
);
7883 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
7884 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
7888 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
7890 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
7895 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
7896 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
7897 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
7906 #endif /* HAVE_WIN32_PSTATUS_T */
7909 elfcore_grok_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7911 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
7919 if (bed
->elf_backend_grok_prstatus
)
7920 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_grok_prstatus
) (abfd
, note
))
7922 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
7923 return elfcore_grok_prstatus (abfd
, note
);
7928 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
7930 return elfcore_grok_pstatus (abfd
, note
);
7933 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
7935 return elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (abfd
, note
);
7938 case NT_FPREGSET
: /* FIXME: rename to NT_PRFPREG */
7939 return elfcore_grok_prfpreg (abfd
, note
);
7941 #if defined (HAVE_WIN32_PSTATUS_T)
7942 case NT_WIN32PSTATUS
:
7943 return elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (abfd
, note
);
7946 case NT_PRXFPREG
: /* Linux SSE extension */
7947 if (note
->namesz
== 6
7948 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
7949 return elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (abfd
, note
);
7955 if (bed
->elf_backend_grok_psinfo
)
7956 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_grok_psinfo
) (abfd
, note
))
7958 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
7959 return elfcore_grok_psinfo (abfd
, note
);
7966 asection
*sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".auxv",
7971 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
7972 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
7973 sect
->alignment_power
= 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 32;
7981 elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (Elf_Internal_Note
*note
, int *lwpidp
)
7985 cp
= strchr (note
->namedata
, '@');
7988 *lwpidp
= atoi(cp
+ 1);
7995 elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7998 /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */
7999 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
8000 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x08);
8002 /* Process ID at offset 0x50. */
8003 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
8004 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x50);
8006 /* Command name at 0x7c (max 32 bytes, including nul). */
8007 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_command
8008 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 0x7c, 31);
8010 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.netbsdcore.procinfo",
8015 elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8019 if (elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (note
, &lwp
))
8020 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
= lwp
;
8022 if (note
->type
== NT_NETBSDCORE_PROCINFO
)
8024 /* NetBSD-specific core "procinfo". Note that we expect to
8025 find this note before any of the others, which is fine,
8026 since the kernel writes this note out first when it
8027 creates a core file. */
8029 return elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (abfd
, note
);
8032 /* As of Jan 2002 there are no other machine-independent notes
8033 defined for NetBSD core files. If the note type is less
8034 than the start of the machine-dependent note types, we don't
8037 if (note
->type
< NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
)
8041 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd
))
8043 /* On the Alpha, SPARC (32-bit and 64-bit), PT_GETREGS == mach+0 and
8044 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+2. */
8046 case bfd_arch_alpha
:
8047 case bfd_arch_sparc
:
8050 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+0:
8051 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
8053 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+2:
8054 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
8060 /* On all other arch's, PT_GETREGS == mach+1 and
8061 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+3. */
8066 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+1:
8067 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
8069 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+3:
8070 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
8080 elfcore_grok_nto_status (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
, long *tid
)
8082 void *ddata
= note
->descdata
;
8089 /* nto_procfs_status 'pid' field is at offset 0. */
8090 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
);
8092 /* nto_procfs_status 'tid' field is at offset 4. Pass it back. */
8093 *tid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 4);
8095 /* nto_procfs_status 'flags' field is at offset 8. */
8096 flags
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 8);
8098 /* nto_procfs_status 'what' field is at offset 14. */
8099 if ((sig
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 14)) > 0)
8101 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
= sig
;
8102 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
= *tid
;
8105 /* _DEBUG_FLAG_CURTID (current thread) is 0x80. Some cores
8106 do not come from signals so we make sure we set the current
8107 thread just in case. */
8108 if (flags
& 0x00000080)
8109 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
= *tid
;
8111 /* Make a ".qnx_core_status/%d" section. */
8112 sprintf (buf
, ".qnx_core_status/%ld", *tid
);
8114 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, strlen (buf
) + 1);
8119 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
8123 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
8124 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
8125 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
8127 return (elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".qnx_core_status", sect
));
8131 elfcore_grok_nto_regs (bfd
*abfd
,
8132 Elf_Internal_Note
*note
,
8140 /* Make a "(base)/%d" section. */
8141 sprintf (buf
, "%s/%ld", base
, tid
);
8143 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, strlen (buf
) + 1);
8148 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
8152 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
8153 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
8154 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
8156 /* This is the current thread. */
8157 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
== tid
)
8158 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, base
, sect
);
8163 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO 7
8164 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS 8
8165 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG 9
8166 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG 10
8169 elfcore_grok_nto_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8171 /* Every GREG section has a STATUS section before it. Store the
8172 tid from the previous call to pass down to the next gregs
8174 static long tid
= 1;
8178 case BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO
:
8179 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".qnx_core_info", note
);
8180 case BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS
:
8181 return elfcore_grok_nto_status (abfd
, note
, &tid
);
8182 case BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG
:
8183 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd
, note
, tid
, ".reg");
8184 case BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG
:
8185 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd
, note
, tid
, ".reg2");
8191 /* Function: elfcore_write_note
8194 buffer to hold note, and current size of buffer
8198 size of data for note
8200 Writes note to end of buffer. ELF64 notes are written exactly as
8201 for ELF32, despite the current (as of 2006) ELF gabi specifying
8202 that they ought to have 8-byte namesz and descsz field, and have
8203 8-byte alignment. Other writers, eg. Linux kernel, do the same.
8206 Pointer to realloc'd buffer, *BUFSIZ updated. */
8209 elfcore_write_note (bfd
*abfd
,
8217 Elf_External_Note
*xnp
;
8224 namesz
= strlen (name
) + 1;
8226 newspace
= 12 + ((namesz
+ 3) & -4) + ((size
+ 3) & -4);
8228 buf
= realloc (buf
, *bufsiz
+ newspace
);
8229 dest
= buf
+ *bufsiz
;
8230 *bufsiz
+= newspace
;
8231 xnp
= (Elf_External_Note
*) dest
;
8232 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, namesz
, xnp
->namesz
);
8233 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, size
, xnp
->descsz
);
8234 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, type
, xnp
->type
);
8238 memcpy (dest
, name
, namesz
);
8246 memcpy (dest
, input
, size
);
8256 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
8258 elfcore_write_prpsinfo (bfd
*abfd
,
8264 const char *note_name
= "CORE";
8265 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8267 if (bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
!= NULL
)
8270 ret
= (*bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
) (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
8271 NT_PRPSINFO
, fname
, psargs
);
8276 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
8277 if (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS32
)
8279 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
8281 int note_type
= NT_PSINFO
;
8284 int note_type
= NT_PRPSINFO
;
8287 memset (&data
, 0, sizeof (data
));
8288 strncpy (data
.pr_fname
, fname
, sizeof (data
.pr_fname
));
8289 strncpy (data
.pr_psargs
, psargs
, sizeof (data
.pr_psargs
));
8290 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
8291 note_name
, note_type
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
8296 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
8298 int note_type
= NT_PSINFO
;
8301 int note_type
= NT_PRPSINFO
;
8304 memset (&data
, 0, sizeof (data
));
8305 strncpy (data
.pr_fname
, fname
, sizeof (data
.pr_fname
));
8306 strncpy (data
.pr_psargs
, psargs
, sizeof (data
.pr_psargs
));
8307 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
8308 note_name
, note_type
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
8311 #endif /* PSINFO_T or PRPSINFO_T */
8313 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
8315 elfcore_write_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
8322 const char *note_name
= "CORE";
8323 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8325 if (bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
!= NULL
)
8328 ret
= (*bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
) (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
8330 pid
, cursig
, gregs
);
8335 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
8336 if (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS32
)
8338 prstatus32_t prstat
;
8340 memset (&prstat
, 0, sizeof (prstat
));
8341 prstat
.pr_pid
= pid
;
8342 prstat
.pr_cursig
= cursig
;
8343 memcpy (&prstat
.pr_reg
, gregs
, sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
));
8344 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
8345 NT_PRSTATUS
, &prstat
, sizeof (prstat
));
8352 memset (&prstat
, 0, sizeof (prstat
));
8353 prstat
.pr_pid
= pid
;
8354 prstat
.pr_cursig
= cursig
;
8355 memcpy (&prstat
.pr_reg
, gregs
, sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
));
8356 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
8357 NT_PRSTATUS
, &prstat
, sizeof (prstat
));
8360 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS_T */
8362 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
8364 elfcore_write_lwpstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
8371 lwpstatus_t lwpstat
;
8372 const char *note_name
= "CORE";
8374 memset (&lwpstat
, 0, sizeof (lwpstat
));
8375 lwpstat
.pr_lwpid
= pid
>> 16;
8376 lwpstat
.pr_cursig
= cursig
;
8377 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
8378 memcpy (lwpstat
.pr_reg
, gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_reg
));
8379 #elif defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
8381 memcpy (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
,
8382 gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
));
8384 memcpy (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.__gregs
,
8385 gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.__gregs
));
8388 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
8389 NT_LWPSTATUS
, &lwpstat
, sizeof (lwpstat
));
8391 #endif /* HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T */
8393 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
8395 elfcore_write_pstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
8399 int cursig ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8400 const void *gregs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
8402 const char *note_name
= "CORE";
8403 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
8404 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8406 if (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS32
)
8410 memset (&pstat
, 0, sizeof (pstat
));
8411 pstat
.pr_pid
= pid
& 0xffff;
8412 buf
= elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
8413 NT_PSTATUS
, &pstat
, sizeof (pstat
));
8421 memset (&pstat
, 0, sizeof (pstat
));
8422 pstat
.pr_pid
= pid
& 0xffff;
8423 buf
= elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
8424 NT_PSTATUS
, &pstat
, sizeof (pstat
));
8428 #endif /* HAVE_PSTATUS_T */
8431 elfcore_write_prfpreg (bfd
*abfd
,
8437 const char *note_name
= "CORE";
8438 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
8439 note_name
, NT_FPREGSET
, fpregs
, size
);
8443 elfcore_write_prxfpreg (bfd
*abfd
,
8446 const void *xfpregs
,
8449 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
8450 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
8451 note_name
, NT_PRXFPREG
, xfpregs
, size
);
8455 elfcore_read_notes (bfd
*abfd
, file_ptr offset
, bfd_size_type size
)
8463 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
8466 buf
= bfd_malloc (size
);
8470 if (bfd_bread (buf
, size
, abfd
) != size
)
8478 while (p
< buf
+ size
)
8480 /* FIXME: bad alignment assumption. */
8481 Elf_External_Note
*xnp
= (Elf_External_Note
*) p
;
8482 Elf_Internal_Note in
;
8484 in
.type
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->type
);
8486 in
.namesz
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->namesz
);
8487 in
.namedata
= xnp
->name
;
8489 in
.descsz
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->descsz
);
8490 in
.descdata
= in
.namedata
+ BFD_ALIGN (in
.namesz
, 4);
8491 in
.descpos
= offset
+ (in
.descdata
- buf
);
8493 if (CONST_STRNEQ (in
.namedata
, "NetBSD-CORE"))
8495 if (! elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (abfd
, &in
))
8498 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (in
.namedata
, "QNX"))
8500 if (! elfcore_grok_nto_note (abfd
, &in
))
8505 if (! elfcore_grok_note (abfd
, &in
))
8509 p
= in
.descdata
+ BFD_ALIGN (in
.descsz
, 4);
8516 /* Providing external access to the ELF program header table. */
8518 /* Return an upper bound on the number of bytes required to store a
8519 copy of ABFD's program header table entries. Return -1 if an error
8520 occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
8523 bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
8525 if (abfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
8527 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
8531 return elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr
);
8534 /* Copy ABFD's program header table entries to *PHDRS. The entries
8535 will be stored as an array of Elf_Internal_Phdr structures, as
8536 defined in include/elf/internal.h. To find out how large the
8537 buffer needs to be, call bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound.
8539 Return the number of program header table entries read, or -1 if an
8540 error occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
8543 bfd_get_elf_phdrs (bfd
*abfd
, void *phdrs
)
8547 if (abfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
8549 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
8553 num_phdrs
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
;
8554 memcpy (phdrs
, elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
,
8555 num_phdrs
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr
));
8561 _bfd_elf_sprintf_vma (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, char *buf
, bfd_vma value
)
8564 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
; /* Elf file header, internal form */
8566 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
8567 if (i_ehdrp
== NULL
)
8568 sprintf_vma (buf
, value
);
8571 if (i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS64
)
8573 #if BFD_HOST_64BIT_LONG
8574 sprintf (buf
, "%016lx", value
);
8576 sprintf (buf
, "%08lx%08lx", _bfd_int64_high (value
),
8577 _bfd_int64_low (value
));
8581 sprintf (buf
, "%08lx", (unsigned long) (value
& 0xffffffff));
8584 sprintf_vma (buf
, value
);
8589 _bfd_elf_fprintf_vma (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, void *stream
, bfd_vma value
)
8592 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
; /* Elf file header, internal form */
8594 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
8595 if (i_ehdrp
== NULL
)
8596 fprintf_vma ((FILE *) stream
, value
);
8599 if (i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS64
)
8601 #if BFD_HOST_64BIT_LONG
8602 fprintf ((FILE *) stream
, "%016lx", value
);
8604 fprintf ((FILE *) stream
, "%08lx%08lx",
8605 _bfd_int64_high (value
), _bfd_int64_low (value
));
8609 fprintf ((FILE *) stream
, "%08lx",
8610 (unsigned long) (value
& 0xffffffff));
8613 fprintf_vma ((FILE *) stream
, value
);
8617 enum elf_reloc_type_class
8618 _bfd_elf_reloc_type_class (const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rela ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
8620 return reloc_class_normal
;
8623 /* For RELA architectures, return the relocation value for a
8624 relocation against a local symbol. */
8627 _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (bfd
*abfd
,
8628 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
8630 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
8632 asection
*sec
= *psec
;
8635 relocation
= (sec
->output_section
->vma
8636 + sec
->output_offset
8638 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
8639 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
8640 && sec
->sec_info_type
== ELF_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
)
8643 _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd
, psec
,
8644 elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
8645 sym
->st_value
+ rel
->r_addend
);
8648 /* If we have changed the section, and our original section is
8649 marked with SEC_EXCLUDE, it means that the original
8650 SEC_MERGE section has been completely subsumed in some
8651 other SEC_MERGE section. In this case, we need to leave
8652 some info around for --emit-relocs. */
8653 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
8654 sec
->kept_section
= *psec
;
8657 rel
->r_addend
-= relocation
;
8658 rel
->r_addend
+= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
8664 _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (bfd
*abfd
,
8665 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
8669 asection
*sec
= *psec
;
8671 if (sec
->sec_info_type
!= ELF_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
)
8672 return sym
->st_value
+ addend
;
8674 return _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd
, psec
,
8675 elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
8676 sym
->st_value
+ addend
);
8680 _bfd_elf_section_offset (bfd
*abfd
,
8681 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
8685 switch (sec
->sec_info_type
)
8687 case ELF_INFO_TYPE_STABS
:
8688 return _bfd_stab_section_offset (sec
, elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
8690 case ELF_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME
:
8691 return _bfd_elf_eh_frame_section_offset (abfd
, info
, sec
, offset
);
8697 /* Create a new BFD as if by bfd_openr. Rather than opening a file,
8698 reconstruct an ELF file by reading the segments out of remote memory
8699 based on the ELF file header at EHDR_VMA and the ELF program headers it
8700 points to. If not null, *LOADBASEP is filled in with the difference
8701 between the VMAs from which the segments were read, and the VMAs the
8702 file headers (and hence BFD's idea of each section's VMA) put them at.
8704 The function TARGET_READ_MEMORY is called to copy LEN bytes from the
8705 remote memory at target address VMA into the local buffer at MYADDR; it
8706 should return zero on success or an `errno' code on failure. TEMPL must
8707 be a BFD for an ELF target with the word size and byte order found in
8708 the remote memory. */
8711 bfd_elf_bfd_from_remote_memory
8715 int (*target_read_memory
) (bfd_vma
, bfd_byte
*, int))
8717 return (*get_elf_backend_data (templ
)->elf_backend_bfd_from_remote_memory
)
8718 (templ
, ehdr_vma
, loadbasep
, target_read_memory
);
8722 _bfd_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
,
8723 long symcount ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8724 asymbol
**syms ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8729 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8732 const char *relplt_name
;
8733 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
8737 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
8743 if ((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
)) == 0)
8746 if (dynsymcount
<= 0)
8749 if (!bed
->plt_sym_val
)
8752 relplt_name
= bed
->relplt_name
;
8753 if (relplt_name
== NULL
)
8754 relplt_name
= bed
->default_use_rela_p
? ".rela.plt" : ".rel.plt";
8755 relplt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, relplt_name
);
8759 hdr
= &elf_section_data (relplt
)->this_hdr
;
8760 if (hdr
->sh_link
!= elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
8761 || (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_REL
&& hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_RELA
))
8764 plt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".plt");
8768 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
8769 if (! (*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, relplt
, dynsyms
, TRUE
))
8772 count
= relplt
->size
/ hdr
->sh_entsize
;
8773 size
= count
* sizeof (asymbol
);
8774 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
8775 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, s
++, p
++)
8776 size
+= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
) + sizeof ("@plt");
8778 s
= *ret
= bfd_malloc (size
);
8782 names
= (char *) (s
+ count
);
8783 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
8785 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, s
++, p
++)
8790 addr
= bed
->plt_sym_val (i
, plt
, p
);
8791 if (addr
== (bfd_vma
) -1)
8794 *s
= **p
->sym_ptr_ptr
;
8795 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
8796 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
8797 if ((s
->flags
& BSF_LOCAL
) == 0)
8798 s
->flags
|= BSF_GLOBAL
;
8800 s
->value
= addr
- plt
->vma
;
8802 len
= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
);
8803 memcpy (names
, (*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
, len
);
8805 memcpy (names
, "@plt", sizeof ("@plt"));
8806 names
+= sizeof ("@plt");
8813 struct elf_symbuf_symbol
8815 unsigned long st_name
; /* Symbol name, index in string tbl */
8816 unsigned char st_info
; /* Type and binding attributes */
8817 unsigned char st_other
; /* Visibilty, and target specific */
8820 struct elf_symbuf_head
8822 struct elf_symbuf_symbol
*ssym
;
8823 bfd_size_type count
;
8824 unsigned int st_shndx
;
8831 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
8832 struct elf_symbuf_symbol
*ssym
;
8837 /* Sort references to symbols by ascending section number. */
8840 elf_sort_elf_symbol (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
8842 const Elf_Internal_Sym
*s1
= *(const Elf_Internal_Sym
**) arg1
;
8843 const Elf_Internal_Sym
*s2
= *(const Elf_Internal_Sym
**) arg2
;
8845 return s1
->st_shndx
- s2
->st_shndx
;
8849 elf_sym_name_compare (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
8851 const struct elf_symbol
*s1
= (const struct elf_symbol
*) arg1
;
8852 const struct elf_symbol
*s2
= (const struct elf_symbol
*) arg2
;
8853 return strcmp (s1
->name
, s2
->name
);
8856 static struct elf_symbuf_head
*
8857 elf_create_symbuf (bfd_size_type symcount
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
)
8859 Elf_Internal_Sym
**ind
, **indbufend
, **indbuf
8860 = bfd_malloc2 (symcount
, sizeof (*indbuf
));
8861 struct elf_symbuf_symbol
*ssym
;
8862 struct elf_symbuf_head
*ssymbuf
, *ssymhead
;
8863 bfd_size_type i
, shndx_count
;
8868 for (ind
= indbuf
, i
= 0; i
< symcount
; i
++)
8869 if (isymbuf
[i
].st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
8870 *ind
++ = &isymbuf
[i
];
8873 qsort (indbuf
, indbufend
- indbuf
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym
*),
8874 elf_sort_elf_symbol
);
8877 if (indbufend
> indbuf
)
8878 for (ind
= indbuf
, shndx_count
++; ind
< indbufend
- 1; ind
++)
8879 if (ind
[0]->st_shndx
!= ind
[1]->st_shndx
)
8882 ssymbuf
= bfd_malloc ((shndx_count
+ 1) * sizeof (*ssymbuf
)
8883 + (indbufend
- indbuf
) * sizeof (*ssymbuf
));
8884 if (ssymbuf
== NULL
)
8890 ssym
= (struct elf_symbuf_symbol
*) (ssymbuf
+ shndx_count
);
8891 ssymbuf
->ssym
= NULL
;
8892 ssymbuf
->count
= shndx_count
;
8893 ssymbuf
->st_shndx
= 0;
8894 for (ssymhead
= ssymbuf
, ind
= indbuf
; ind
< indbufend
; ssym
++, ind
++)
8896 if (ind
== indbuf
|| ssymhead
->st_shndx
!= (*ind
)->st_shndx
)
8899 ssymhead
->ssym
= ssym
;
8900 ssymhead
->count
= 0;
8901 ssymhead
->st_shndx
= (*ind
)->st_shndx
;
8903 ssym
->st_name
= (*ind
)->st_name
;
8904 ssym
->st_info
= (*ind
)->st_info
;
8905 ssym
->st_other
= (*ind
)->st_other
;
8908 BFD_ASSERT ((bfd_size_type
) (ssymhead
- ssymbuf
) == shndx_count
);
8914 /* Check if 2 sections define the same set of local and global
8918 bfd_elf_match_symbols_in_sections (asection
*sec1
, asection
*sec2
,
8919 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
8922 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed1
, *bed2
;
8923 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr1
, *hdr2
;
8924 bfd_size_type symcount1
, symcount2
;
8925 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf1
, *isymbuf2
;
8926 struct elf_symbuf_head
*ssymbuf1
, *ssymbuf2
;
8927 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
, *isymend
;
8928 struct elf_symbol
*symtable1
= NULL
, *symtable2
= NULL
;
8929 bfd_size_type count1
, count2
, i
;
8936 /* If both are .gnu.linkonce sections, they have to have the same
8938 if (CONST_STRNEQ (sec1
->name
, ".gnu.linkonce")
8939 && CONST_STRNEQ (sec2
->name
, ".gnu.linkonce"))
8940 return strcmp (sec1
->name
+ sizeof ".gnu.linkonce",
8941 sec2
->name
+ sizeof ".gnu.linkonce") == 0;
8943 /* Both sections have to be in ELF. */
8944 if (bfd_get_flavour (bfd1
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
8945 || bfd_get_flavour (bfd2
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
8948 if (elf_section_type (sec1
) != elf_section_type (sec2
))
8951 if ((elf_section_flags (sec1
) & SHF_GROUP
) != 0
8952 && (elf_section_flags (sec2
) & SHF_GROUP
) != 0)
8954 /* If both are members of section groups, they have to have the
8956 if (strcmp (elf_group_name (sec1
), elf_group_name (sec2
)) != 0)
8960 shndx1
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd1
, sec1
);
8961 shndx2
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd2
, sec2
);
8962 if (shndx1
== -1 || shndx2
== -1)
8965 bed1
= get_elf_backend_data (bfd1
);
8966 bed2
= get_elf_backend_data (bfd2
);
8967 hdr1
= &elf_tdata (bfd1
)->symtab_hdr
;
8968 symcount1
= hdr1
->sh_size
/ bed1
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
8969 hdr2
= &elf_tdata (bfd2
)->symtab_hdr
;
8970 symcount2
= hdr2
->sh_size
/ bed2
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
8972 if (symcount1
== 0 || symcount2
== 0)
8978 ssymbuf1
= elf_tdata (bfd1
)->symbuf
;
8979 ssymbuf2
= elf_tdata (bfd2
)->symbuf
;
8981 if (ssymbuf1
== NULL
)
8983 isymbuf1
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd1
, hdr1
, symcount1
, 0,
8985 if (isymbuf1
== NULL
)
8988 if (!info
->reduce_memory_overheads
)
8989 elf_tdata (bfd1
)->symbuf
= ssymbuf1
8990 = elf_create_symbuf (symcount1
, isymbuf1
);
8993 if (ssymbuf1
== NULL
|| ssymbuf2
== NULL
)
8995 isymbuf2
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd2
, hdr2
, symcount2
, 0,
8997 if (isymbuf2
== NULL
)
9000 if (ssymbuf1
!= NULL
&& !info
->reduce_memory_overheads
)
9001 elf_tdata (bfd2
)->symbuf
= ssymbuf2
9002 = elf_create_symbuf (symcount2
, isymbuf2
);
9005 if (ssymbuf1
!= NULL
&& ssymbuf2
!= NULL
)
9007 /* Optimized faster version. */
9008 bfd_size_type lo
, hi
, mid
;
9009 struct elf_symbol
*symp
;
9010 struct elf_symbuf_symbol
*ssym
, *ssymend
;
9013 hi
= ssymbuf1
->count
;
9018 mid
= (lo
+ hi
) / 2;
9019 if ((unsigned int) shndx1
< ssymbuf1
[mid
].st_shndx
)
9021 else if ((unsigned int) shndx1
> ssymbuf1
[mid
].st_shndx
)
9025 count1
= ssymbuf1
[mid
].count
;
9032 hi
= ssymbuf2
->count
;
9037 mid
= (lo
+ hi
) / 2;
9038 if ((unsigned int) shndx2
< ssymbuf2
[mid
].st_shndx
)
9040 else if ((unsigned int) shndx2
> ssymbuf2
[mid
].st_shndx
)
9044 count2
= ssymbuf2
[mid
].count
;
9050 if (count1
== 0 || count2
== 0 || count1
!= count2
)
9053 symtable1
= bfd_malloc (count1
* sizeof (struct elf_symbol
));
9054 symtable2
= bfd_malloc (count2
* sizeof (struct elf_symbol
));
9055 if (symtable1
== NULL
|| symtable2
== NULL
)
9059 for (ssym
= ssymbuf1
->ssym
, ssymend
= ssym
+ count1
;
9060 ssym
< ssymend
; ssym
++, symp
++)
9062 symp
->u
.ssym
= ssym
;
9063 symp
->name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd1
,
9069 for (ssym
= ssymbuf2
->ssym
, ssymend
= ssym
+ count2
;
9070 ssym
< ssymend
; ssym
++, symp
++)
9072 symp
->u
.ssym
= ssym
;
9073 symp
->name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd2
,
9078 /* Sort symbol by name. */
9079 qsort (symtable1
, count1
, sizeof (struct elf_symbol
),
9080 elf_sym_name_compare
);
9081 qsort (symtable2
, count1
, sizeof (struct elf_symbol
),
9082 elf_sym_name_compare
);
9084 for (i
= 0; i
< count1
; i
++)
9085 /* Two symbols must have the same binding, type and name. */
9086 if (symtable1
[i
].u
.ssym
->st_info
!= symtable2
[i
].u
.ssym
->st_info
9087 || symtable1
[i
].u
.ssym
->st_other
!= symtable2
[i
].u
.ssym
->st_other
9088 || strcmp (symtable1
[i
].name
, symtable2
[i
].name
) != 0)
9095 symtable1
= bfd_malloc (symcount1
* sizeof (struct elf_symbol
));
9096 symtable2
= bfd_malloc (symcount2
* sizeof (struct elf_symbol
));
9097 if (symtable1
== NULL
|| symtable2
== NULL
)
9100 /* Count definitions in the section. */
9102 for (isym
= isymbuf1
, isymend
= isym
+ symcount1
; isym
< isymend
; isym
++)
9103 if (isym
->st_shndx
== (unsigned int) shndx1
)
9104 symtable1
[count1
++].u
.isym
= isym
;
9107 for (isym
= isymbuf2
, isymend
= isym
+ symcount2
; isym
< isymend
; isym
++)
9108 if (isym
->st_shndx
== (unsigned int) shndx2
)
9109 symtable2
[count2
++].u
.isym
= isym
;
9111 if (count1
== 0 || count2
== 0 || count1
!= count2
)
9114 for (i
= 0; i
< count1
; i
++)
9116 = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd1
, hdr1
->sh_link
,
9117 symtable1
[i
].u
.isym
->st_name
);
9119 for (i
= 0; i
< count2
; i
++)
9121 = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd2
, hdr2
->sh_link
,
9122 symtable2
[i
].u
.isym
->st_name
);
9124 /* Sort symbol by name. */
9125 qsort (symtable1
, count1
, sizeof (struct elf_symbol
),
9126 elf_sym_name_compare
);
9127 qsort (symtable2
, count1
, sizeof (struct elf_symbol
),
9128 elf_sym_name_compare
);
9130 for (i
= 0; i
< count1
; i
++)
9131 /* Two symbols must have the same binding, type and name. */
9132 if (symtable1
[i
].u
.isym
->st_info
!= symtable2
[i
].u
.isym
->st_info
9133 || symtable1
[i
].u
.isym
->st_other
!= symtable2
[i
].u
.isym
->st_other
9134 || strcmp (symtable1
[i
].name
, symtable2
[i
].name
) != 0)
9152 /* It is only used by x86-64 so far. */
9153 asection _bfd_elf_large_com_section
9154 = BFD_FAKE_SECTION (_bfd_elf_large_com_section
,
9155 SEC_IS_COMMON
, NULL
, "LARGE_COMMON", 0);
9157 /* Return TRUE if 2 section types are compatible. */
9160 _bfd_elf_match_sections_by_type (bfd
*abfd
, const asection
*asec
,
9161 bfd
*bbfd
, const asection
*bsec
)
9165 || abfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
9166 || bbfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
9169 return elf_section_type (asec
) == elf_section_type (bsec
);
9173 _bfd_elf_set_osabi (bfd
* abfd
,
9174 struct bfd_link_info
* link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
9176 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
* i_ehdrp
; /* ELF file header, internal form. */
9178 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
9180 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] = get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_osabi
;
9184 /* Return TRUE for ELF symbol types that represent functions.
9185 This is the default version of this function, which is sufficient for
9186 most targets. It returns true if TYPE is STT_FUNC. */
9189 _bfd_elf_is_function_type (unsigned int type
)
9191 return (type
== STT_FUNC
);